Prove2Me
Navigate
DiscoverCollectionsFormalpediaBlogsUsersMomentumMy Missions+
Prove2Me
⌕
Log in

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

Stochastic Systems

434 missions · 138 completed

The mathematics of systems that evolve under randomness, modeled as families of random variables indexed by time — from Markov chains and martingales to Brownian motion and stochastic differential equations. The field spans stochastic analysis, filtering and optimal control under uncertainty, ergodic behavior of random dynamics, and concentration of measure, with models reaching across physics, engineering, finance, and biology.

Missions

Open296Completed138All434
🏆Completed
Markov ChainProbability·Captain: Shuze Chen

Markov Chains and Mixing Times I: Existence and Uniqueness of the Stationary DistributionTextbook

Markov Chains and Mixing Times I: Existence and Uniqueness of the Stationary Distribution

Motivation

Finite Markov chains are the basic model for memoryless random dynamics: card shuffles, random walks on graphs and groups, Monte Carlo samplers, and queueing systems are all chains on a finite state space. The single most used fact about them is that an irreducible chain has exactly one stationary distribution — a probability vector π\piπ with π=πP\pi = \pi Pπ=πP — and that this π\piπ is strictly positive and encodes the long-run behaviour of the chain through the return-time identity π(x)=1/Ex(τx+)\pi(x) = 1/\mathbb{E}_x(\tau_x^+)π(x)=1/Ex​(τx+​). Every later result in the theory of mixing times (convergence theorems, coupling bounds, spectral methods, cutoff) is a statement about the distance of the chain from this π\piπ, so nothing in the subject can be formalized before this mission is.

This mission is the first in a series formalizing D. A. Levin, Y. Peres and E. L. Wilmer, Markov Chains and Mixing Times (AMS, 2009), covering Chapters 1–2: the basic vocabulary of finite chains (stochastic matrices, irreducibility, period, reversibility, time reversal, random walks on graphs and groups) and the classical examples of Chapter 2 (gambler's ruin, coupon collecting, the reflection principle for simple random walk on Z\mathbb{Z}Z). Later missions in the series build on the definitions published here.

Setting

A chain on a finite state space Ω\OmegaΩ is presented by its transition matrix, a matrix P∈RΩ×ΩP \in \mathbb{R}^{\Omega\times\Omega}P∈RΩ×Ω with nonnegative entries whose rows sum to 111. A distribution is a row vector μ\muμ with nonnegative entries summing to 111; one step of the chain carries μ\muμ to μP\mu PμP, and the ttt-step transition probabilities are the entries of the matrix power PtP^tPt.

The chain is irreducible if for all states x,yx, yx,y there is a ttt with Pt(x,y)>0P^t(x,y) > 0Pt(x,y)>0. The period of a state xxx is gcd⁡ T(x)\gcd\,\mathcal{T}(x)gcdT(x) where T(x)={t≥1:Pt(x,x)>0}\mathcal{T}(x) = \{t \ge 1 : P^t(x,x) > 0\}T(x)={t≥1:Pt(x,x)>0}, and the chain is aperiodic if every state has period 111. A distribution π\piπ is stationary if πP=π\pi P = \piπP=π, and π\piπ and PPP are in detailed balance (the chain is reversible) if π(x)P(x,y)=π(y)P(y,x)\pi(x)P(x,y) = \pi(y)P(y,x)π(x)P(x,y)=π(y)P(y,x) for all x,yx,yx,y.

Trajectory events over a finite horizon are finite sums of path weights: a length-ttt trajectory is a function ω:{0,…,t}→Ω\omega : \{0,\dots,t\} \to \Omegaω:{0,…,t}→Ω, with weight ∏i<tP(ωi,ωi+1)\prod_{i<t} P(\omega_i, \omega_{i+1})∏i<t​P(ωi​,ωi+1​) conditional on its starting state. The tail probability Px{τz+>t}\mathbb{P}_x\{\tau_z^+ > t\}Px​{τz+​>t} of the first hitting time τz+=min⁡{t≥1:Xt=z}\tau_z^+ = \min\{t \ge 1 : X_t = z\}τz+​=min{t≥1:Xt​=z} is the sum of the weights of the trajectories from xxx that avoid zzz at times 1,…,t1,\dots,t1,…,t, and expectations of hitting times are recovered by the tail-sum formula E(Y)=∑t≥0P{Y>t}\mathbb{E}(Y) = \sum_{t\ge0} \mathbb{P}\{Y > t\}E(Y)=∑t≥0​P{Y>t}, formalized as a tsum over ttt.

Formalization targets

Goal

P stochastic and irreducible on a finite nonempty Ω  ⟹  ∃! π, π=πP.\text{$P$ stochastic and irreducible on a finite nonempty $\Omega$} \;\Longrightarrow\; \exists!\, \pi,\ \pi = \pi P .P stochastic and irreducible on a finite nonempty Ω⟹∃!π, π=πP.

This is Corollary 1.17 of the book. It asserts only existence and uniqueness, leaving the finer structure of π\piπ to the milestones; it is the weakest statement on which the rest of the series can stand, which is why it is the goal.

Milestones toward and around the goal

The milestone list follows the book's own route: well-definedness of the period (Lemma 1.6), positivity of some matrix power for irreducible aperiodic chains (Proposition 1.7), finiteness of expected hitting times (Lemma 1.13), existence of a positive stationary distribution together with

π(x) Ex(τx+)=1\pi(x)\,\mathbb{E}_x(\tau_x^+) = 1π(x)Ex​(τx+​)=1

(Proposition 1.14), constancy of harmonic functions (Lemma 1.16), stationarity from detailed balance (Proposition 1.19), the stationary and reversible measure π(x)=deg⁡(x)/2∣E∣\pi(x) = \deg(x)/2|E|π(x)=deg(x)/2∣E∣ of simple random walk on a graph (Examples 1.12 and 1.20), the time reversal P^\hat PP^ and its path-reversal identity (Proposition 1.22), and the random walks on finite groups of Section 2.6 (Propositions 2.12–2.14). From Chapter 2 the list adds the gambler's ruin formulas Pk{Xτ=n}=k/n\mathbb{P}_k\{X_\tau = n\} = k/nPk​{Xτ​=n}=k/n and Ek(τ)=k(n−k)\mathbb{E}_k(\tau) = k(n-k)Ek​(τ)=k(n−k) (Proposition 2.1), the coupon collector expectation n∑k≤n1/kn\sum_{k\le n} 1/kn∑k≤n​1/k and tail bound e−ce^{-c}e−c (Propositions 2.3 and 2.4), and the reflection principle and the bound Pk{τ0>r}≤12k/r\mathbb{P}_k\{\tau_0 > r\} \le 12k/\sqrt{r}Pk​{τ0​>r}≤12k/r​ for simple random walk on Z\mathbb{Z}Z (Lemma 2.18 and Theorem 2.17).

Significance

The result itself. Existence and uniqueness of π\piπ is the pivot on which the entire quantitative theory turns: it defines the target of convergence, and the identity π(x) Ex(τx+)=1\pi(x)\,\mathbb{E}_x(\tau_x^+) = 1π(x)Ex​(τx+​)=1 ties the stationary measure to return times, which later missions use for hitting-time and cover-time results. Detailed balance is the practical tool by which stationary measures of graph and group walks are computed, and the Chapter 2 examples (gambler's ruin, coupon collecting, reflection) are the standard building blocks reused throughout the book — the coupon collector bound, for instance, is exactly the estimate behind the nlog⁡n+cnn \log n + cnnlogn+cn analysis of the top-to-random shuffle in a later mission of this series.

Formalizing it. Mathlib currently has no theory of finite Markov chains: no stochastic-matrix predicate, no stationary distribution, no periodicity, no hitting times. Everything proved in this mission is new formal mathematics, and the definition layer published here (mm_basic, mm_path, mm_classical) is the shared foundation that all twelve subsequent missions of the series import. All results are classical and have textbook proofs; none has a machine-checked proof.

Difficulty

The delicate point is the existence proof. The natural first idea — extract π\piπ from an eigenvector of PTP^{\mathsf T}PT for eigenvalue 111, or invoke a fixed-point theorem — either does not give positivity and nonnegativity without further work, or uses compactness machinery (Brouwer) that is unavailable. The book's proof instead builds π~(y)=Ez(visits to y before τz+)\tilde\pi(y) = \mathbb{E}_z(\text{visits to } y \text{ before } \tau_z^+)π~(y)=Ez​(visits to y before τz+​) and verifies π~P=π~\tilde\pi P = \tilde\piπ~P=π~ by reindexing trajectory sums; formalizing it requires managing infinite series of path sums (summability from the geometric tail bound of Lemma 1.13, exchanging tsum with finite sums, splitting a trajectory at its last step). The uniqueness half is linear algebra via constancy of harmonic functions (Lemma 1.16), which is elementary but requires a maximum-principle argument over a finite state space. The reflection principle and Theorem 2.17 are finite combinatorics on ±1\pm 1±1 paths — the bijection is easy to describe and fiddly to implement.

Formalization scope

States form a Fintype with decidable equality; chains are Matrix V V ℝ with the row-stochasticity predicate IsStochastic; distributions are functions V → ℝ with the predicate IsDist. Everything is distribution-side: no probability space or measure theory is used. The period is formalized as sup⁡{d:d∣t for all t∈T(x)}\sup\{d : d \mid t \text{ for all } t \in \mathcal{T}(x)\}sup{d:d∣t for all t∈T(x)}, which equals gcd⁡T(x)\gcd \mathcal{T}(x)gcdT(x) when T(x)≠∅\mathcal{T}(x) \neq \varnothingT(x)=∅ and takes the junk value 000 otherwise. Expectations of hitting times are tsums of tail probabilities, with the usual junk value 000 for non-summable families — the statements are arranged (e.g. multiplicatively, π(x)⋅Ex(τx+)=1\pi(x)\cdot\mathbb{E}_x(\tau_x^+) = 1π(x)⋅Ex​(τx+​)=1) so that junk values cannot make them vacuously true. Existence statements carry a Nonempty V hypothesis; irreducibility on the empty space is vacuous, and without nonemptiness the goal would be false, not trivial. The coupon collector and the walk on Z\mathbb{Z}Z are presented directly by their driving randomness (uniform draws Fin t → Fin n, uniform sign strings Fin r → Bool), so those probabilities are elementary counting; in particular the reflection principle is stated as an equality of cardinalities of sets of sign strings — this is equivalent to the probabilistic statement because all 2r2^r2r strings are equally likely.

Contributions welcome beyond the milestone list: simp lemmas for the definition layer, the taboo-matrix representation of avoidance probabilities (useful for Lemma 1.13), and any interface lemmas connecting pathWeight sums to matrix powers — these will be reused by every later mission in the series.

Selected references

  • D. A. Levin, Y. Peres, E. L. Wilmer, Markov Chains and Mixing Times, American Mathematical Society, 2009. https://documents.epfl.ch/groups/i/ip/ipg/www/2013-2014/Random_Walks/markovmixing.pdf
  • J. R. Norris, Markov Chains, Cambridge University Press, 1998. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511810633
  • D. Aldous, J. A. Fill, Reversible Markov Chains and Random Walks on Graphs, 2002 (unfinished monograph). https://www.stat.berkeley.edu/~aldous/RWG/book.html
20 thms4 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration 3: Sufficient Conditions for a Three-Region Optimal Policy and for an Optimal Policy That Never InspectsResearch Paper

Motivation

Inspection and revision cost money, but continued production can allow a deteriorating process to remain in a costly state. A controller therefore needs a rule that converts incomplete information about the process into an action. Ross's two-state model makes that decision precise: the process can be good or bad, the bad state persists until revision, and inspection reveals the current state. The observable state for decision making is a probability rather than the underlying process state. This setup is useful when quality is inferred from occasional inspection and actions must be chosen before the state is known. Ross proved structural results for discounted control in this model, including sufficient conditions for a policy with one inspection interval and for a policy with no inspection at all. Ross (1971)

The conditions in Theorem 3.7 use the model's optimal value itself. They are therefore structural tests for the shape of an optimal rule, rather than parameter-only design formulas. The preceding concavity, monotonicity and Lipschitz estimates explain which features of that value function support the tests. The mission records those estimates alongside the main result, so the target is a coherent part of the paper rather than an isolated inequality. Ross (1971), pp. 589–593

Setting

The belief P∈[0,1]P\in[0,1]P∈[0,1] is the probability that the production process is in the bad state at the beginning of a period. A good process becomes bad during a period with probability π∈[0,1]\pi\in[0,1]π∈[0,1] if it is not revised. A bad process remains bad. Thus producing without inspection changes the next belief to T(P)=P+π−πPT(P)=P+\pi-\pi PT(P)=P+π−πP. The discount factor is β∈(0,1)\beta\in(0,1)β∈(0,1). Producing without inspection has cost 000 in the good state and cost CCC in the bad state, so its expected current cost is CPCPCP. Inspection costs III in either state, and revision costs RRR in either state. The standing order is 0<C<I<R0<C<I<R0<C<I<R. The explicit C>0C>0C>0 records that CCC is a cost and makes the quotient in Theorem 3.7 meaningful.

Write Vβ(P)V_\beta(P)Vβ​(P) for the discounted value starting from belief PPP. Inspection reveals the current state: the next belief is π\piπ after observing a good process and 111 after observing a bad one. Revision resets the next belief to π\piπ. The three current-plus-continuation costs are

qP(P)=CP+βVβ(T(P)),qI(P)=I+βPVβ(1)+β(1−P)Vβ(π),qR(P)=R+βVβ(π).\begin{aligned} q_{\mathrm P}(P)&=CP+\beta V_\beta(T(P)),\\ q_{\mathrm I}(P)&=I+\beta P V_\beta(1)+\beta(1-P)V_\beta(\pi),\\ q_{\mathrm R}(P)&=R+\beta V_\beta(\pi). \end{aligned}qP​(P)qI​(P)qR​(P)​=CP+βVβ​(T(P)),=I+βPVβ​(1)+β(1−P)Vβ​(π),=R+βVβ​(π).​

The Bellman equation is Vβ(P)=min⁡{qP(P),qI(P),qR(P)}V_\beta(P)=\min\{q_{\mathrm P}(P),q_{\mathrm I}(P),q_{\mathrm R}(P)\}Vβ​(P)=min{qP​(P),qI​(P),qR​(P)}. A stationary rule is β\betaβ-optimal here when it chooses an action attaining this minimum at every admissible belief. This is the paper's decision rule criterion associated with equation (3). Ross (1971), p. 590, equation (3)

Formalization targets

The first target is the sufficient condition for an optimal three-region rule. Set Δ=Vβ(1)−Vβ(π)\Delta=V_\beta(1)-V_\beta(\pi)Δ=Vβ​(1)−Vβ​(π). If

(1−β)(R+βVβ(π))C≤R−IβΔ,\frac{(1-\beta)(R+\beta V_\beta(\pi))}{C}\le\frac{R-I}{\beta\Delta},C(1−β)(R+βVβ​(π))​≤βΔR−I​,

there are thresholds π≤P1≤P2\pi\le P_1\le P_2π≤P1​≤P2​ such that an optimal rule produces for P<P1P<P_1P<P1​, inspects for P1≤P<P2P_1\le P<P_2P1​≤P<P2​, and revises for P≥P2P\ge P_2P≥P2​. The revise interval may be empty: if no admissible belief has revision as an optimal action, P2P_2P2​ may exceed 111. If revision is optimal somewhere, the conclusion includes P2≤1P_2\le1P2​≤1. This is a repair to the printed bound in Theorem 3.7(a); the proof on p. 593 explicitly lets a missing threshold be infinite. Ross (1971), pp. 592–593, Theorem 3.7(a)

The second target gives an optimal no-inspection rule. If

I+βΔ≥C1−β(1−π)orR−IβΔ≤RC(1−β(1−π)),I+\beta\Delta\ge\frac{C}{1-\beta(1-\pi)} \quad\text{or}\quad \frac{R-I}{\beta\Delta}\le\frac{R}{C}\bigl(1-\beta(1-\pi)\bigr),I+βΔ≥1−β(1−π)C​orβΔR−I​≤CR​(1−β(1−π)),

then some P1≥πP_1\ge\piP1​≥π gives an optimal rule that produces below P1P_1P1​ and revises from P1P_1P1​ onward. A threshold above 111 is allowed and means that the rule produces throughout the admissible belief interval. Both alternatives in the source's condition are retained. Ross (1971), p. 592, Theorem 3.7(b)

Significance

The theorem identifies two kinds of simple stationary rule that can be optimal despite the value function depending on an unobserved process state. It says more than the existence of an optimal action at each belief: the selected actions can be arranged in belief intervals, and in the second regime inspection can be omitted entirely. These statements provide a compact description of decisions over the full continuum P∈[0,1]P\in[0,1]P∈[0,1]. Ross (1971), Theorem 3.7

The result was proved in the 1971 paper. This mission asks for machine-checked Lean proofs of its two repaired clauses, the value equation, and the stated shape estimates. The definitions and finite-horizon bound can also support later formalizations of related belief-state control models. No proof of this mission's draft theorem is claimed merely by compiling its statement.

Difficulty

The action costs have different shapes as functions of belief: inspection and revision give affine and constant expressions, while the production alternative includes the value at an updated belief. The apparent order of their pairwise crossings does not by itself establish that one selected rule attains the minimum at every belief. Equalities at a threshold also matter, since the rule must be optimal at the boundary points. The printed upper bound on the last threshold fails when revision never minimizes the Bellman equation; imposing it without qualification would make the formal target false.

Formalization scope

Lean represents a belief as a real number and restricts all claims to [0,1][0,1][0,1]. It defines V0=0V^0=0V0=0 and obtains Vn+1V^{n+1}Vn+1 by taking the minimum of the three action costs with continuation VnV^nVn, exactly as in equation (4). The value VβV_\betaVβ​ is the limit of these iterates; convergence and boundedness are part of the equation (3) milestone. This prevents an arbitrary function satisfying a convenient fixed-point hypothesis from replacing the value the paper studies. The rule types are total real-to-action functions, while optimality is checked for every admissible belief, including P=1P=1P=1 and both thresholds.

The paper's general Lemma 2.1 is represented by its scalar two-state instance. The finite-horizon Lipschitz bound and its limiting corollary use P1,P2∈[0,1]P_1,P_2\in[0,1]P1​,P2​∈[0,1]. The last quotient in Corollary 3.6 divides by π\piπ, so that second inequality is stated under π>0\pi>0π>0; the first inequality, and the main theorem, cover π=0\pi=0π=0. If π=1\pi=1π=1, then Δ=0\Delta=0Δ=0. Lean's real division gives a zero quotient in that case; the two implications in Theorem 3.7 remain valid under this convention. The development needs reusable results about convergence of discounted value iteration, concavity and monotonicity on an interval, and elementary estimates for affine belief updates. Contributions establishing those results or proving either sufficient-condition clause are within scope.

Selected references

  • Sheldon M. Ross, Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration, Management Science 17(9), Theory Series, 587–596, 1971. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.17.9.587
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamic ProgrammingMarkov ChainOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration 2: Never Inspecting or Revising Is Optimal Exactly When R ≥ C/(1 − β(1 − π))Research Paper

Motivation

A production process can deteriorate without an operator seeing its current condition. Producing a unit, inspecting the process, and revising the process have different immediate costs and different effects on what can be known or controlled next period. The operator therefore needs a rule based on a belief about deterioration, rather than on the hidden physical state. Ross's two-state model asks when the simplest rule, producing every period without inspection, is actually optimal over an unlimited discounted horizon Ross 1971.

The question matters whenever an action has a cost now but may reduce future losses. Paying for inspection only supplies information; paying for revision restores a deteriorated process. The answer depends on the bad-state production cost, the deterioration probability, the revision charge, and the weight assigned to future periods. A comparison of immediate costs alone cannot settle whether revision is worthwhile. Ross's Theorem 3.4 gives an exact boundary between a regime where producing forever is optimal from every initial belief and a regime where revision is forced when deterioration is nearly certain Ross 1971, Theorem 3.4.

Setting

There are two underlying states: good and bad. The current state is hidden, and P∈[0,1]P\in[0,1]P∈[0,1] is the probability that it is bad at the beginning of a period. Producing without inspection costs zero in the good state and CCC in the bad state, so its expected immediate cost is CPCPCP. A good process becomes bad with probability π\piπ in one period; a bad process remains bad until revision. Thus a period of production without inspection changes the belief to T(P)=P+π−πPT(P)=P+\pi-\pi PT(P)=P+π−πP. These are the conventions of the paper's Section 3 Ross 1971, p. 590.

The other actions are inspection, at cost III, and revision, at cost RRR. Inspection reveals the current state: the next belief is 111 when the state was bad and π\piπ when it was good. Revision returns the process to the good state before its next transition, so the next belief is π\piπ. The standing parameter conditions are 0<β<10<\beta<10<β<1, 0≤π≤10\le\pi\le10≤π≤1, and 0<C<I<R0<C<I<R0<C<I<R; β\betaβ is the discount factor. The paper explicitly assumes C<I<RC<I<RC<I<R and a discount factor in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1). Positive CCC states the intended positive bad-state cost and makes the threshold comparison meaningful Ross 1971, pp. 588, 590.

For a future-cost function WWW, the three Bellman alternatives at belief PPP are CP+βW(TP)CP+\beta W(TP)CP+βW(TP), I+βPW(1)+β(1−P)W(π)I+\beta P W(1)+\beta(1-P)W(\pi)I+βPW(1)+β(1−P)W(π), and R+βW(π)R+\beta W(\pi)R+βW(π). Their minimum defines one step of finite-horizon value iteration, beginning with V0=0V^0=0V0=0. The limit Vβ(P)V_\beta(P)Vβ​(P) is the optimal discounted cost. Write R0R^0R0 for the rule that always produces without inspection, and define its cost from the actual discounted series ψ(P)=∑n=0∞βnCTnP\psi(P)=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\beta^n C T^nPψ(P)=∑n=0∞​βnCTnP Ross 1971, equations (3)–(5).

Formalization targets

The first target establishes that value iteration converges on [0,1][0,1][0,1], gives a bounded solution to the two-state Bellman equation, and identifies that solution uniquely among bounded functions. The iterated update and Ross's equation (5) then evaluate the cost of R0R^0R0:

TnP=1−(1−P)(1−π)n,ψ(P)=C1−β−C(1−P)1−β(1−π).T^nP=1-(1-P)(1-\pi)^n,\qquad \psi(P)=\frac{C}{1-\beta}-\frac{C(1-P)}{1-\beta(1-\pi)}.TnP=1−(1−P)(1−π)n,ψ(P)=1−βC​−1−β(1−π)C(1−P)​.

The sensitivity milestones retain the exact finite-horizon factor in Lemma 3.5 and the infinite-horizon bound in Corollary 3.6. In particular, for P1,P2∈[0,1]P_1,P_2\in[0,1]P1​,P2​∈[0,1],

∣Vβ(P1)−Vβ(P2)∣≤C∣P1−P2∣1−β(1−π).|V_\beta(P_1)-V_\beta(P_2)|\le \frac{C|P_1-P_2|}{1-\beta(1-\pi)}.∣Vβ​(P1​)−Vβ​(P2​)∣≤1−β(1−π)C∣P1​−P2​∣​.

The mission goal is both clauses of Theorem 3.4. The always-produce rule is optimal from every initial belief exactly at and above the threshold

R≥C1−β(1−π).R\ge\frac{C}{1-\beta(1-\pi)}.R≥1−β(1−π)C​.

Below that threshold, revision is the unique minimizing action for beliefs sufficiently near 111 from the left Ross 1971, pp. 591–592.

Significance

The theorem gives a parameter test for omitting both inspection and revision from an optimal policy in this model. Its second clause adds a local statement when that test fails: near certain deterioration, merely allowing revision as one optimal choice is insufficient; any optimal choice must revise. The sensitivity bounds quantify the effect of imperfect knowledge of the state and supply continuity of the value function used in the paper's treatment of that neighborhood Ross 1971, Theorem 3.4 and Corollary 3.6.

Ross proved these results in 1971. This mission asks for machine-checked proofs of the paper's exact statements in a concrete two-state discounted model. The reusable formal objects are the belief update, the three-action Bellman operator, finite-horizon values, and the always-produce cost series. The goal and milestones here are open formalization targets; their mathematical status as published theorems is distinct from their proof status in Lean.

Difficulty

The cost of always producing can be computed explicitly, but equality with the optimal value is a global assertion about all beliefs and all three available actions. A comparison at one belief does not certify optimality everywhere. The reverse implication also has to recover a parameter inequality from optimality of a policy, rather than from its immediate cost alone. The strict conclusion near P=1P=1P=1 requires control of the value as the belief varies; pointwise action comparison at P=1P=1P=1 does not itself establish an interval Ross 1971, pp. 591–592.

Formalization scope

The Lean model uses real parameters and a real belief restricted to [0,1][0,1][0,1]. It has three explicit actions and the exact right-hand sides of equation (3). Its value is the limit of iteration from V0=0V^0=0V0=0, so V1=min⁡{CP,I,R}V^1=\min\{CP,I,R\}V1=min{CP,I,R} matches the paper. Convergence, boundedness, and Bellman uniqueness are stated as a milestone. The always-produce cost is the infinite series of actual stage costs, with its closed form reserved for a separate milestone. Consequently, defining the cost by equation (5) cannot make that milestone true by definition.

The discounted-optimality claim for R0R^0R0 means ψ(P)=Vβ(P)\psi(P)=V_\beta(P)ψ(P)=Vβ​(P) for every P∈[0,1]P\in[0,1]P∈[0,1]. The phrase “every optimal policy revises” is represented by revision being strictly cheaper in the Bellman equation than both other actions; this expresses a unique minimizing action for a stationary decision at that belief. “Near 111” means a one-sided neighborhood within [0,1][0,1][0,1]. The second inequality in Corollary 3.6 is stated only when π>0\pi>0π>0, because division by π=0\pi=0π=0 has a default value in Lean. The first inequality and Theorem 3.4 retain the π=0\pi=0π=0 case.

The development needs real series, limits, finite-horizon recursion, elementary inequalities, and bounded fixed-point reasoning. Proofs of the model-specific Bellman equation, cost identity, exact sensitivity bounds, and Theorem 3.4 are welcome. General tools for discounted Bellman operators or real-series identities would also be useful beyond this mission. No policy class is smuggled in as an arbitrary hypothesis: the value and the cost of R0R^0R0 are computed from the model data.

Selected references

  • Sheldon M. Ross, Quality Control under Markovian Deterioration, Management Science 17(9), Theory Series, 587–596, 1971. DOI: 10.1287/mnsc.17.9.587.
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Contact Interactions on a Lattice II: If λₖ/μ < k/(2d − 1), the Expected Size of a Contact Process Is Integrable in TimeResearch Paper

Motivation

The contact process is the basic model of an infection spreading on a graph: infected sites recover at a constant rate, and healthy sites are infected at a rate that depends on how many of their neighbours are infected. T. E. Harris introduced it in Contact Interactions on a Lattice (Ann. Probab. 2, 1974, doi:10.1214/aop/1176996493), and it became one of the central examples of the theory of interacting particle systems (Liggett, Interacting Particle Systems, 1985, Ch. VI; Liggett, Stochastic Interacting Systems, 1999, Part I). Its questions are those of epidemiology and population dynamics on a spatial grid: does a finite infection die out, and how large does it get on the way?

Harris's paper gives the first rigorous subcritical bounds. Section 7 treats two quantities for a process started from a finite set: the probability p∞(ξ)p_\infty(\xi)p∞​(ξ) of surviving forever, and the expected size mt(ξ)m_t(\xi)mt​(ξ) at time ttt. This mission formalizes the second, Theorem 7.6: under an explicit condition on the rates, the expected size is integrable in time. The companion mission (Contact Interactions on a Lattice I) formalizes Theorem 7.1, extinction under the same condition.

A short timeline. Harris (1974) defined the process, proved monotonicity, subadditivity and submodularity by coupling, and gave the bounds of §7 and a survival result for large rates (§9). Holley and Liggett (Ann. Probab. 3, 1975) developed duality for such systems. Holley and Liggett's paper also proves, for a discrete-time branching process with interference, the analogue PF(An≠∅)≤EF∣An∣≤λn∣F∣P_F(A_n\ne\varnothing)\le E_F|A_n|\le\lambda^n|F|PF​(An​=∅)≤EF​∣An​∣≤λn∣F∣ of the size bounds studied here; it is a different process, related but not reused.

Setting

Fix d≥1d \ge 1d≥1 and the lattice ZdZ_dZd​ of integer points x=(x1,…,xd)x = (x^1, \dots, x^d)x=(x1,…,xd). Sites x,yx, yx,y are neighbours, x∼yx \sim yx∼y, if ∑i∣xi−yi∣=1\sum_i |x^i - y^i| = 1∑i​∣xi−yi∣=1; NxN_xNx​ is the set of the 2d2d2d neighbours of xxx. A configuration is a finite set ξ⊂Zd\xi \subset Z_dξ⊂Zd​ (the set Ξ0\Xi_0Ξ0​); ∣ξ∣|\xi|∣ξ∣ is its number of points, ξ(Nx)\xi(N_x)ξ(Nx​) is the number of neighbours of xxx in ξ\xiξ, and x∼ξx \sim \xix∼ξ means x∉ξx \notin \xix∈/ξ and xxx has a neighbour in ξ\xiξ.

The parameters are a death rate μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0 and birth rates λ0=0,λ1,…,λ2d≥0\lambda_0 = 0, \lambda_1, \dots, \lambda_{2d} \ge 0λ0​=0,λ1​,…,λ2d​≥0. The contact process is the continuous-time Markov chain on finite configurations that, from ξ\xiξ, removes a point x∈ξx \in \xix∈ξ at rate μ\muμ and adds a site x∼ξx \sim \xix∼ξ at rate λξ(Nx)\lambda_{\xi(N_x)}λξ(Nx​)​. Its total jump rate is

qξ=μ∣ξ∣+∑x∼ξλξ(Nx).q_\xi = \mu|\xi| + \sum_{x \sim \xi} \lambda_{\xi(N_x)} .qξ​=μ∣ξ∣+x∼ξ∑​λξ(Nx​)​.

The empty configuration is absorbing. Pt(ξ,η)P_t(\xi, \eta)Pt​(ξ,η) is its transition function, r(ξ,η)=qξη/qξr(\xi,\eta) = q_{\xi\eta}/q_\xir(ξ,η)=qξη​/qξ​ the transition matrix of its jump chain, and

mt(ξ)=Eξ ∣ξt∣=∑ηPt(ξ,η) ∣η∣m_t(\xi) = \mathscr E_\xi\, |\xi_t| = \sum_{\eta} P_t(\xi, \eta)\, |\eta|mt​(ξ)=Eξ​∣ξt​∣=η∑​Pt​(ξ,η)∣η∣

the expected size at time ttt. In the Lean development these are trans μ lam t ξ η, jump μ lam ξ η and meanSize μ lam t ξ, where lam k is λk\lambda_kλk​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.6 (p. 982)

If μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 and

λkμ<k2d−1,k=1,…,2d,\frac{\lambda_k}{\mu} < \frac{k}{2d-1}, \qquad k = 1, \dots, 2d,μλk​​<2d−1k​,k=1,…,2d,

then for every finite ξ\xiξ,

∫0∞mt(ξ) dt<∞.\int_0^\infty m_t(\xi)\, dt < \infty .∫0∞​mt​(ξ)dt<∞.

Milestones

In the paper's proof order:

  1. Lemma 4.7: mt(ξ)≤∣ξ∣ e(2dΛ−μ)tm_t(\xi) \le |\xi|\, e^{(2d\Lambda - \mu)t}mt​(ξ)≤∣ξ∣e(2dΛ−μ)t with Λ=max⁡iλi\Lambda = \max_i \lambda_iΛ=maxi​λi​.
  2. Lemma 5.8, its mtm_tmt​ half: λk≤min⁡j≥kλj′\lambda_k \le \min_{j \ge k} \lambda'_jλk​≤minj≥k​λj′​ implies mt≤mt′m_t \le m'_tmt​≤mt′​.
  3. The change of time scale: multiplying all rates by ccc replaces mtm_tmt​ by mctm_{ct}mct​.
  4. Remark 5.5, three times. mtm_tmt​ is increasing in ξ\xiξ when λk↑\lambda_k \uparrowλk​↑; it is subadditive when also λk/k↓\lambda_k / k \downarrowλk​/k↓; and it is submodular when λ\lambdaλ is concave and non-decreasing.
  5. The first-jump equation (7.7) for a pair of neighbours, with K=2+(4d−2)λK = 2 + (4d-2)\lambdaK=2+(4d−2)λ.
  6. The bound after (7.11): M2(T)−M1(T)≤1/(1−(2d−1)λ)M_2(T) - M_1(T) \le 1/(1 - (2d-1)\lambda)M2​(T)−M1​(T)≤1/(1−(2d−1)λ).
  7. Lemma 7.5: if ∫0∞mt({x}) dt=∞\int_0^\infty m_t(\{x\})\,dt = \infty∫0∞​mt​({x})dt=∞, then ∫0∞(mt(ξ)−mt({x})) dt=∞\int_0^\infty (m_t(\xi) - m_t(\{x\}))\,dt = \infty∫0∞​(mt​(ξ)−mt​({x}))dt=∞ for ∣ξ∣≥2|\xi| \ge 2∣ξ∣≥2.

After the goal come two consequences: Lemma 4.11, mt+h(ξ)≥e−μhmt(ξ)m_{t+h}(\xi) \ge e^{-\mu h} m_t(\xi)mt+h​(ξ)≥e−μhmt​(ξ), and Remark 7.12, mt(ξ)→0m_t(\xi) \to 0mt​(ξ)→0.

Significance

The theorem says that the total expected infection time, summed over all sites, is finite. That is stronger than extinction (Theorem 7.1), and it quantifies how fast the process dies out on average. With Lemma 4.11 it gives mt(ξ)→0m_t(\xi) \to 0mt​(ξ)→0. Bounds on the expected size are the standard route to subcritical estimates for spatial epidemics and branching systems with interference. The milestones are also the paper's general tools. Monotonicity, subadditivity and submodularity of mtm_tmt​, comparison of rate sequences, and time scaling hold for every contact process and are reusable beyond this mission.

The theorem has been known since 1974, and the formalization of the contact process is new work: the platform has no machine-checked development of an interacting particle system on ZdZ_dZd​, nor of a continuous-time chain with unbounded rates. The mission produces a formal model of the contact process from a finite set, a Lean proof of the subcritical bound, and the coupling inequalities (stated here for mtm_tmt​) that any further work on the process will need.

Difficulty

The obvious argument fails. One would bound the growth rate of ∣ξt∣|\xi_t|∣ξt​∣ by its worst case: a site is born at rate at most λk\lambda_kλk​ for each of at most 2d∣ξ∣2d|\xi|2d∣ξ∣ boundary sites. This gives only Lemma 4.7, an exponential bound whose exponent 2dΛ−μ2d\Lambda - \mu2dΛ−μ is positive in most of the regime of the theorem. The factor 2d−12d - 12d−1 instead of 2d2d2d comes from correlations: a newly born site always has an occupied neighbour, so it adds at most 2d−12d - 12d−1 new boundary sites. Capturing this needs the comparison between a single site and a pair of neighbours in (7.7)–(7.11), together with submodularity, which is a coupling statement about the whole process. Lemma 7.5 then has to turn a bound on the difference M2−M1M_2 - M_1M2​−M1​ into a bound on M1M_1M1​, and the paper omits its proof.

In the formal setting the chain has unbounded rates (since qξq_\xiqξ​ grows with ∣ξ∣|\xi|∣ξ∣), so its transition function is not a matrix exponential. Uniformization does not apply either, and every statement goes through the minimal solution of the backward equations.

Formalization scope

  • The chain model. The process is the countable-state chain on finite configurations that the paper itself uses from §4 on. Theorems 4.1 and 4.3 show that the infinite-volume process started in Ξ0\Xi_0Ξ0​ is this chain. No process on infinite configurations and no probability space is constructed, and PξP_\xiPξ​, Eξ\mathscr E_\xiEξ​ enter only through PtP_tPt​.
  • The transition function. PtP_tPt​ is the minimal transition function of the rates (4.4)–(4.5), Pt=sup⁡nPt(n)P_t = \sup_n P^{(n)}_tPt​=supn​Pt(n)​, where Pt(n)P^{(n)}_tPt(n)​ is defined by Feller's backward recursion over at most nnn jumps.
  • Finite initial sets. Statements the paper makes for all ξ∈Ξ\xi \in \Xiξ∈Ξ (Lemmas 4.11 and 5.8, Remark 5.5) are drafted for finite ξ\xiξ.
  • Values. PtP_tPt​, ptp_tpt​ and mtm_tmt​ take values in [0,∞][0, \infty][0,∞]. Integrals of mtm_tmt​ are Lebesgue integrals of [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]-valued functions.
  • Lattice. Sites are Fin d → ℤ with the ℓ1\ell^1ℓ1 adjacency of the paper.
  • Standing hypotheses. Every statement carries d≥1d \ge 1d≥1, μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0, λ0=0\lambda_0 = 0λ0​=0 and λk≥0\lambda_k \ge 0λk​≥0 for k≤2dk \le 2dk≤2d. Conditions on λ\lambdaλ range over k≤2dk \le 2dk≤2d only, since λk\lambda_kλk​ for k>2dk > 2dk>2d never enters the model. The goal adds μ>0\mu > 0μ>0, which the paper's ratio λk/μ\lambda_k/\muλk​/μ presupposes.

Several trivializing formalizations are excluded:

  • mtm_tmt​ is not a real tsum, which would be 000 when the series diverges;
  • the integral is not a real Bochner integral, which would be 000 for a non-integrable function;
  • the rate condition does not range over all k∈Nk \in \mathbb Nk∈N;
  • μ>0\mu > 0μ>0 is not left implicit: in Lean λk/0=0\lambda_k / 0 = 0λk​/0=0, and at μ=0\mu = 0μ=0 the conclusion is false;
  • the goal is not stated for singletons only.

A complete development needs the backward equation and non-explosion for PtP_tPt​ (Theorem 4.3, formalized in the companion mission), Fubini–Tonelli for ∑\sum∑ and ∫\int∫ in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], and couplings of contact processes. The couplings are the paper's auxiliary multi-type processes (§§5–6), or an equivalent argument on the generator. Contributions are welcome at every level. The coupling lemmas and the backward and forward equations for minimal chains are the parts most reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • T. E. Harris, Contact interactions on a lattice, Ann. Probab. 2(6), 969–988, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996493
  • R. Holley, T. M. Liggett, Ergodic theorems for weakly interacting infinite systems and the voter model, Ann. Probab. 3(4), 643–663, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996306
  • T. M. Liggett, Interacting Particle Systems, Springer, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-8542-4
  • W. Feller, On the integro-differential equations of purely discontinuous Markoff processes, Trans. Amer. Math. Soc. 48, 488–515, 1940. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1940-0002697-3
  • J. R. Norris, Markov Chains, Cambridge University Press, 1997, §2.8. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511810633
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

A Proof of the Optimality of the Shortest Remaining Processing Time Discipline: SRPT Minimizes the Number of Jobs in System at Every Time, for Every Arrival Stream and Every ScheduleResearch Paper

Motivation

A single processor receives jobs over time, each with a known amount of work, and may interrupt a job at any moment to work on another. Which rule should decide what to process? For the number of jobs waiting or in service, the answer is the Shortest Remaining Processing Time (SRPT) rule: at every moment, work on the job in system that is closest to completion. Its optimality is pathwise. It holds for every sequence of arrival times and processing times, not on average under a probabilistic model, so it applies to any single-server queue whatever the distribution of interarrival and processing times. By Little's law it also minimizes mean response time, which is why SRPT and its approximations are the reference policy in the analysis of size-based scheduling for web servers and networks (Harchol-Balter et al., 2003).

Timeline:

  • 1966. Schrage and Miller analyse the M/G/1 queue under SRPT and state, without proof, that SRPT minimizes the number in system at every time for every arrival sequence (Schrage–Miller, 1966).
  • 1968. Schrage publishes a letter giving a proof by an interchange argument (Schrage, 1968). This mission formalizes that letter.
  • 1978. D. R. Smith gives a new proof of the same statement (Smith, 1978) by a different argument.

Setting

An arrival stream is a sequence of pairs (A(n),P(n))(A(n), P(n))(A(n),P(n)), n=0,1,2,…n = 0, 1, 2, \dotsn=0,1,2,…, of real numbers: A(n)A(n)A(n) is the arrival time and P(n)P(n)P(n) the processing time of job nnn. A schedule is a family of measurable functions δ(n,⋅):R→{0,1}\delta(n, \cdot) : \mathbb R \to \{0, 1\}δ(n,⋅):R→{0,1}, with δ(n,t)=1\delta(n, t) = 1δ(n,t)=1 meaning that the processor works on job nnn at time ttt. No job is processed before it arrives (δ(n,t)=0\delta(n, t) = 0δ(n,t)=0 for t<A(n)t < A(n)t<A(n)), and the processor works on at most one job at a time.

The remaining processing time of job nnn at time ttt is

S(n,t)=P(n)−∫A(n)tδ(n,x) dx,S(n, t) = P(n) - \int_{A(n)}^{t} \delta(n, x)\,dx,S(n,t)=P(n)−∫A(n)t​δ(n,x)dx,

and its completion time is

C(n)=min⁡{x≥A(n):∫A(n)xδ(n,t) dt≥P(n)},C(n) = \min\Big\{x \ge A(n) : \int_{A(n)}^{x} \delta(n, t)\,dt \ge P(n)\Big\},C(n)=min{x≥A(n):∫A(n)x​δ(n,t)dt≥P(n)},

or +∞+\infty+∞ if the job never receives its processing time. The set of jobs in system at time ttt is θ(t)={n:A(n)≤t, S(n,t)>0}\theta(t) = \{n : A(n) \le t,\ S(n, t) > 0\}θ(t)={n:A(n)≤t, S(n,t)>0}, and N(t)N(t)N(t) is its cardinality.

A schedule follows SRPT if, at every time ttt with θ(t)≠∅\theta(t) \ne \emptysetθ(t)=∅, the processor works on a job k∈θ(t)k \in \theta(t)k∈θ(t) with S(k,t)≤S(j,t)S(k, t) \le S(j, t)S(k,t)≤S(j,t) for all j∈θ(t)j \in \theta(t)j∈θ(t). Ties may be broken arbitrarily.

Formalization targets

Goal: SRPT minimizes the number in system at every time

For every locally finite arrival stream, every SRPT schedule δs\delta_sδs​ and every schedule δ\deltaδ of the same stream,

Ns(t)≤N(t)for all t∈R.N_s(t) \le N(t) \qquad \text{for all } t \in \mathbb R.Ns​(t)≤N(t)for all t∈R.

The goal has no constants and no distributional assumptions. It is the statement quoted on p. 687 and concluded at the end of the PROOF on p. 689.

Milestones: the steps of the letter's interchange argument

All five come from the PROOF on p. 689. They compare an original schedule δo\delta_oδo​ with a revised schedule δr\delta_rδr​.

  1. Idle case (b1). If the processor is idle on [t,t+v][t, t+v][t,t+v] while job jjj waits, processing jjj there gives Cr(j)<Co(j)C_r(j) < C_o(j)Cr​(j)<Co​(j) and Cr(i)=Co(i)C_r(i) = C_o(i)Cr​(i)=Co​(i) for i≠ji \ne ji=j.
  2. Max identity. Reassigning the capacity that two jobs j,kj, kj,k share after time ttt, in any way, leaves max⁡{C(k),C(j)}\max\{C(k), C(j)\}max{C(k),C(j)} unchanged.
  3. SRPT minimizes the minimum. Giving that capacity first to the job with the smaller remaining time minimizes min⁡[C(k),C(j)]\min[C(k), C(j)]min[C(k),C(j)].
  4. Relation (2). If kkk is served on [t,t+v][t, t+v][t,t+v] while jjj with So(j,t)<So(k,t)S_o(j,t) < S_o(k,t)So​(j,t)<So​(k,t) waits, the SRPT reassignment gives min⁡[Cr(k),Cr(j)]<min⁡[Co(k),Co(j)]\min[C_r(k), C_r(j)] < \min[C_o(k), C_o(j)]min[Cr​(k),Cr​(j)]<min[Co​(k),Co​(j)].
  5. Counting. Relations (1)–(3) on completion times give Nr(y)=No(y)−1N_r(y) = N_o(y) - 1Nr​(y)=No​(y)−1 for Cr(j)≤y<min⁡[Co(k),Co(j)]C_r(j) \le y < \min[C_o(k), C_o(j)]Cr​(j)≤y<min[Co​(k),Co​(j)], and Nr(y)=No(y)N_r(y) = N_o(y)Nr​(y)=No​(y) otherwise.

Significance

The result. The goal is a sample-path dominance. Each consequence for averages follows by taking expectations or time averages: SRPT minimizes the mean number in system and, through Little's law (Little, 1961), the mean response time in every G/G/1 queue with known job sizes. It makes SRPT the benchmark against which other preemptive disciplines, size-based or size-oblivious, are measured.

Formalizing it. The statement has been proved on paper since 1968 and given a complete proof in 1978. No machine-checked proof of it is known to this mission. A formalization contributes three things: a precise continuous-time model of preemptive single-server schedules with measurable service indicators and possibly infinite completion times; checked proofs of the exchange steps of the 1968 letter, each of which needs a hypothesis the letter leaves implicit; and a checked proof of the pathwise optimality theorem itself.

Difficulty

The letter argues that a non-SRPT schedule contains an interval on which SRPT is violated, and that swapping service on that interval improves the schedule. The first step fails for measurable schedules. A schedule can violate SRPT on a set of positive measure that contains no interval (a fat Cantor set), or only on a null set. So the "interval of non-SRPT behaviour" need not exist, and a single interchange does not turn an arbitrary schedule into an SRPT one. Repeating interchanges also gives no obvious termination or limit argument, because the improvements can accumulate at a point. The goal therefore cannot be reached by formalizing the letter's induction literally. The milestones are the letter's local claims, which are true under the hypotheses stated with them. The goal needs an argument that compares an SRPT schedule with an arbitrary one at every time directly.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in the namespace SchrageSRPT.Opt. Jobs are indexed by ℕ from 000, and times, arrival times and processing times are real. A schedule is δ : ℕ → ℝ → ℝ with values in {0,1}\{0,1\}{0,1}, each δ n measurable, δ(n,t)=0\delta(n,t) = 0δ(n,t)=0 before arrival, and at most one job served at a time. The letter's ∑nδ(n,t)≤1\sum_n \delta(n,t) \le 1∑n​δ(n,t)≤1 is stated as "two served jobs are equal", not as a series. Assumption (I) of the letter (the arrival stream does not depend on the discipline) is encoded by comparing schedules of one fixed stream. Assumption (II) (preemption wastes no work) is the formula for S(n,t)S(n,t)S(n,t), which has no setup term. Completion times take values in WithTop ℝ, with +∞+\infty+∞ for a job that never completes. A job is in system on [A(n),C(n))[A(n), C(n))[A(n),C(n)). N(t)N(t)N(t) is Set.ncard, and the goal assumes local finiteness ({n:A(n)≤t}\{n : A(n) \le t\}{n:A(n)≤t} is finite for every ttt) so that it is a genuine count. SRPT is the verbal rule of p. 687, required at every ttt.

Two encodings would trivialize the goal, and both are ruled out. The displayed condition of p. 688 ("S(k,t)>S(j,t)S(k,t) > S(j,t)S(k,t)>S(j,t) for j∈θ(t)j \in \theta(t)j∈θ(t) implies δ(k,t)=0\delta(k,t)=0δ(k,t)=0") is satisfied by the schedule that never works, so it is not used as the definition of SRPT. The competitor class is every schedule of the stream: it is not restricted to work-conserving schedules, to finitely many jobs, or to schedules in which every job completes.

The milestones add disclosed hypotheses that the letter uses silently:

  • finiteness of Co(j)C_o(j)Co​(j) in the idle case;
  • no service on a job after it completes in the max identity;
  • that one of the two jobs completes under δo\delta_oδo​ in relation (2).

The counting milestone uses the half-open interval, since the letter's closed right endpoint is a slip.

A complete development needs:

  • continuity and monotonicity of x↦∫A(n)xδ(n,t) dtx \mapsto \int_{A(n)}^x \delta(n,t)\,dtx↦∫A(n)x​δ(n,t)dt;
  • the characterization n∈θ(t)  ⟺  A(n)≤t<C(n)n \in \theta(t) \iff A(n) \le t < C(n)n∈θ(t)⟺A(n)≤t<C(n);
  • interval integrals of schedules modified on sets.

All of this is reusable for other continuous-time preemptive scheduling results. Contributions are welcome in particular for this infrastructure, for proofs of the milestones, and for a complete proof of the goal.

Selected references

  • L. Schrage, A proof of the optimality of the shortest remaining processing time discipline, Operations Research 16(3):687–690, 1968. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.16.3.687
  • L. E. Schrage and L. W. Miller, The queue M/G/1 with the shortest remaining processing time discipline, Operations Research 14(4):670–684, 1966. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.14.4.670
  • D. R. Smith, A new proof of the optimality of the shortest remaining processing time discipline, Operations Research 26(1):197–199, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.26.1.197
  • J. D. C. Little, A proof for the queuing formula L = λW, Operations Research 9(3):383–387, 1961. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.9.3.383
  • M. Harchol-Balter, B. Schroeder, N. Bansal and M. Agrawal, Size-based scheduling to improve web performance, ACM Transactions on Computer Systems 21(2):207–233, 2003. https://doi.org/10.1145/762483.762486
7 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Contact Interactions on a Lattice I: A Contact Process with (2d − 1)λₖ < kμ Dies Out from Every Finite Initial SetResearch Paper

Motivation

The contact process is the basic model of an infection spreading on a lattice: each infected site recovers at a constant rate, and each healthy site becomes infected at a rate that depends on how many of its neighbours are infected. It was introduced by T. E. Harris in Contact Interactions on a Lattice (Ann. Probab. 2, 1974), and it became one of the central examples of interacting particle systems, alongside the voter model and the stochastic Ising model (Liggett, Interacting Particle Systems, 1985, Ch. VI). Its main question is whether a finite infection dies out with probability one or survives forever with positive probability, and how that answer depends on the rates.

Harris's paper gives the first answers. It shows that, under natural conditions on the rates, the probability of survival is monotone, subadditive and submodular as a function of the initial set, and it uses these properties to prove a condition for certain extinction: Theorem 7.1. For the linear contact process (recovery rate 111, infection rate λ\lambdaλ per infected neighbour) the condition is (2d−1)λ<1(2d-1)\lambda<1(2d−1)λ<1. Holley obtained Theorem 7.1 by different methods at about the same time (footnote 4, p. 981); Holley and Liggett (Ann. Probab. 3, 1975) later developed the duality theory of such processes.

Setting

Let ZdZ_dZd​ be the ddd-dimensional integer lattice, d≥1d\ge1d≥1. Sites x,yx,yx,y are neighbours, x∼yx\sim yx∼y, if ∑i∣xi−yi∣=1\sum_i|x^i-y^i|=1∑i​∣xi−yi∣=1; NxN_xNx​ is the set of the 2d2d2d neighbours of xxx. A configuration is a finite set ξ⊂Zd\xi\subset Z_dξ⊂Zd​ of infected sites; Ξ0\Xi_0Ξ0​ is the set of all of them, ξ(Nx)=∣ξ∩Nx∣\xi(N_x)=|\xi\cap N_x|ξ(Nx​)=∣ξ∩Nx​∣, and x∼ξx\sim\xix∼ξ means x∉ξx\notin\xix∈/ξ and xxx has a neighbour in ξ\xiξ.

The parameters are a recovery rate μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0 and infection rates λ0=0,λ1,…,λ2d≥0\lambda_0=0,\lambda_1,\dots,\lambda_{2d}\ge0λ0​=0,λ1​,…,λ2d​≥0. The contact process {ξt}\{\xi_t\}{ξt​} started from a finite set is the continuous-time Markov chain on Ξ0\Xi_0Ξ0​ that leaves ξ\xiξ at rate

qξ=μ∣ξ∣+∑x∼ξλξ(Nx)(4.4)q_\xi=\mu|\xi|+\sum_{x\sim\xi}\lambda_{\xi(N_x)}\qquad(4.4)qξ​=μ∣ξ∣+x∼ξ∑​λξ(Nx​)​(4.4)

and jumps to ξ∖x\xi\setminus xξ∖x (x∈ξx\in\xix∈ξ) at rate μ\muμ and to ξ∪x\xi\cup xξ∪x (x∼ξx\sim\xix∼ξ) at rate λξ(Nx)\lambda_{\xi(N_x)}λξ(Nx​)​ (4.5). The empty set is absorbing. Write Pt(ξ,η)P_t(\xi,\eta)Pt​(ξ,η) for its transition function, r(ξ,η)=qξη/qξr(\xi,\eta)=q_{\xi\eta}/q_\xir(ξ,η)=qξη​/qξ​ for the transition matrix of its imbedded jump chain, and

pt(ξ)=Pξ{ξt≠∅},p∞(ξ)=lim⁡t→∞pt(ξ),mt(ξ)=Eξ∣ξt∣.p_t(\xi)=P_\xi\{\xi_t\neq\varnothing\},\qquad p_\infty(\xi)=\lim_{t\to\infty}p_t(\xi),\qquad m_t(\xi)=\mathscr E_\xi|\xi_t| .pt​(ξ)=Pξ​{ξt​=∅},p∞​(ξ)=t→∞lim​pt​(ξ),mt​(ξ)=Eξ​∣ξt​∣.

The process is increasing, subadditive or submodular if, for all ξ,η\xi,\etaξ,η and t≥0t\ge0t≥0, respectively pt(ξ)≤pt(ξ∪η)p_t(\xi)\le p_t(\xi\cup\eta)pt​(ξ)≤pt​(ξ∪η), pt(ξ∪η)≤pt(ξ)+pt(η)p_t(\xi\cup\eta)\le p_t(\xi)+p_t(\eta)pt​(ξ∪η)≤pt​(ξ)+pt​(η), or pt(ξ∪η)+pt(ξ∩η)≤pt(ξ)+pt(η)p_t(\xi\cup\eta)+p_t(\xi\cap\eta)\le p_t(\xi)+p_t(\eta)pt​(ξ∪η)+pt​(ξ∩η)≤pt​(ξ)+pt​(η) ((5.2)–(5.4)).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.1 (p. 981)

If

(2d−1)λk<kμ,k=1,…,2d,(2d-1)\lambda_k<k\mu,\qquad k=1,\dots,2d,(2d−1)λk​<kμ,k=1,…,2d,

then

p∞(ξ)=0for every finite ξ⊂Zd.p_\infty(\xi)=0\qquad\text{for every finite }\xi\subset Z_d .p∞​(ξ)=0for every finite ξ⊂Zd​.

Milestones, in the order of the paper

  1. Theorem 4.3 (p. 975): from a finite set the process has finitely many jumps on every [0,t][0,t][0,t]; equivalently ∑ηPt(ξ,η)=1\sum_\eta P_t(\xi,\eta)=1∑η​Pt​(ξ,η)=1.
  2. (5.1) (p. 976): pt(ξ)p_t(\xi)pt​(ξ) is non-increasing in ttt, so p∞(ξ)p_\infty(\xi)p∞​(ξ) is a limit.
  3. Theorem 5.6(a) (p. 977): if λk↑\lambda_k\uparrowλk​↑, the process is increasing.
  4. Theorem 5.6(b) (p. 977): if moreover λk/k↓\lambda_k/k\downarrowλk​/k↓, it is subadditive.
  5. Lemma 5.8 (p. 978): if λk≤min⁡j≥kλj′\lambda_k\le\min_{j\ge k}\lambda'_jλk​≤minj≥k​λj′​, then pt≤pt′p_t\le p'_tpt​≤pt′​ and mt≤mt′m_t\le m'_tmt​≤mt′​.
  6. Theorem 6.2 (p. 979): if {λi}\{\lambda_i\}{λi​} is concave and non-decreasing with λ0=0\lambda_0=0λ0​=0, the process is submodular.
  7. Change of time scale (p. 981): multiplying all rates by c>0c>0c>0 replaces PtP_tPt​ by PctP_{ct}Pct​ and leaves p∞p_\inftyp∞​ unchanged.
  8. First-step display (p. 981): for a subadditive process, a singleton {x}\{x\}{x}, and n≥1n\ge1n≥1, p∞({x})=∑ηr(n)({x},η)p∞(η)≤p∞({x}) Ex∣ξ(n)∣p_\infty(\{x\})=\sum_\eta r^{(n)}(\{x\},\eta)p_\infty(\eta)\le p_\infty(\{x\})\,\mathscr E_x|\xi_{(n)}|p∞​({x})=∑η​r(n)({x},η)p∞​(η)≤p∞​({x})Ex​∣ξ(n)​∣.
  9. (7.2) (p. 981): for μ=1\mu=1μ=1, λk=kλ\lambda_k=k\lambdaλk​=kλ: π1=2dλ1+2dλπ2\pi_1=\frac{2d\lambda}{1+2d\lambda}\pi_2π1​=1+2dλ2dλ​π2​, where π1,π2\pi_1,\pi_2π1​,π2​ are p∞p_\inftyp∞​ of a site and of a pair of neighbours.
  10. (7.3)–(7.4) (p. 981): π2−π1=(1+(2d−1)λ)∑′r(ξ,ξ∪x)(p∞(ξ∪x)−π2)≤(π2−π1)(2d−1)λ\pi_2-\pi_1=(1+(2d-1)\lambda)\sum'r(\xi,\xi\cup x)(p_\infty(\xi\cup x)-\pi_2)\le(\pi_2-\pi_1)(2d-1)\lambdaπ2​−π1​=(1+(2d−1)λ)∑′r(ξ,ξ∪x)(p∞​(ξ∪x)−π2​)≤(π2​−π1​)(2d−1)λ.
  11. Conclusion of the proof (p. 981): for μ=1\mu=1μ=1, λk=kλ\lambda_k=k\lambdaλk​=kλ, π1>0\pi_1>0π1​>0 implies (2d−1)λ≥1(2d-1)\lambda\ge1(2d−1)λ≥1.

Significance

Theorem 7.1 gives a computable sufficient condition for extinction that holds in every dimension and for every non-linear infection law satisfying it. For the linear process it gives the lower bound λc≥1/(2d−1)\lambda_c\ge1/(2d-1)λc​≥1/(2d−1) on the critical infection rate; the paper's §9 shows conversely that the process survives for large λk/μ\lambda_k/\muλk​/μ, so the critical rate is non-trivial. The monotonicity, subadditivity and submodularity theorems of §§5–6 are the comparison tools on which much of the later theory of attractive spin systems was built, and Lemma 5.8 is the prototype of comparison between processes with ordered rates.

The results are proved in the paper, and the proof of Theorem 7.1 is half a page once §§5–6 are available. No machine-checked version of the contact process, of its comparison theorems, or of Theorem 7.1 is known to exist. A formalization produces a continuous-time Markov chain with unbounded rates and an absorbing state on a countable state space, its minimal transition function, a non-explosion criterion, first-step analysis for absorption probabilities, and coupling arguments for monotone comparison. The companion mission Contact Interactions on a Lattice II treats Theorem 7.6, the integrability of the expected size, on the same model.

Difficulty

The obvious argument is first-step analysis on singletons and pairs, (7.2) and (7.3). It fails as it stands because (7.3) involves p∞p_\inftyp∞​ of every three-point set ξ∪x\xi\cup xξ∪x, and no finite system of first-step equations closes; some inequality between survival probabilities of nested sets is needed, and the milestones record the one the paper uses. Submodularity, subadditivity and monotonicity are not consequences of the rates by direct computation: the paper proves each by building several contact processes on one probability space (Tables 1–4), which in a formal development means constructing couplings of chains with unbounded rates and checking that each marginal has the right law. The reduction from general λk\lambda_kλk​ to the linear case also needs the comparison Lemma 5.8, another coupling. Finally the rates grow linearly in ∣ξ∣|\xi|∣ξ∣, so uniformization does not apply and non-explosion (Theorem 4.3) must be proved before transition probabilities are known to sum to one.

Formalization scope

The process is the countable-state chain of §4, not the Feller process on all subsets of ZdZ_dZd​ of §2: sites are Fin d → ℤ, configurations are Finsets, and PtP_tPt​ is the minimal transition function of the rates (4.4)–(4.5), defined as the increasing limit of Feller's backward recursion. There is no measure-theoretic process object; PξP_\xiPξ​ and Eξ\mathscr E_\xiEξ​ enter only through PtP_tPt​. Consequently Theorem 4.1 (Ξ0\Xi_0Ξ0​ is stochastically closed) is built in, and every statement is made for finite initial sets, including those the page makes for arbitrary ξ∈Ξ\xi\in\Xiξ∈Ξ ((5.2)–(5.4), Lemma 5.8); for infinite ξ\xiξ the page itself notes pt(ξ)=1p_t(\xi)=1pt​(ξ)=1.

The committed conventions:

  • PtP_tPt​, ptp_tpt​, p∞p_\inftyp∞​ and mtm_tmt​ take values in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; pt(ξ)=1−Pt(ξ,∅)p_t(\xi)=1-P_t(\xi,\varnothing)pt​(ξ)=1−Pt​(ξ,∅) and p∞(ξ)=inf⁡t≥0pt(ξ)p_\infty(\xi)=\inf_{t\ge0}p_t(\xi)p∞​(ξ)=inft≥0​pt​(ξ), so p∞=0p_\infty=0p∞​=0 means absorption at ∅\varnothing∅ and cannot be produced by loss of mass to explosion.
  • The rates are real; every theorem assumes d≥1d\ge1d≥1, μ≥0\mu\ge0μ≥0, λ0=0\lambda_0=0λ0​=0 and λk≥0\lambda_k\ge0λk​≥0 for k≤2dk\le2dk≤2d. Conditions on {λk}\{\lambda_k\}{λk​} range over k=1,…,2dk=1,\dots,2dk=1,…,2d (or 0,…,2d0,\dots,2d0,…,2d), never over all natural numbers.
  • 2d−12d-12d−1 is the real number 2d−12d-12d−1.
  • In the linear case the scalar rate is written lll (λ\lambdaλ is reserved in Lean), μ=1\mu=1μ=1 and λk=kl\lambda_k=klλk​=kl.

Trivializing formalizations are ruled out: the survival probability is not taken from an arbitrary semigroup or a uniformization (the rates are unbounded); p∞p_\inftyp∞​ is not a real infimum or limUnder, whose junk value 000 would make the goal free; λ\lambdaλ is indexed by the number of infected, not vacant, neighbours, and λ0=0\lambda_0=0λ0​=0 forbids spontaneous infection; and (7.2) is stated for every site and every neighbour, not for one fixed pair.

A complete development needs: non-explosion for chains with linearly growing rates; the Chapman–Kolmogorov and strong Markov properties of the minimal chain at jump times; lattice symmetries (translations and coordinate reflections) acting on the chain; and couplings of several contact processes realised as one chain on a product type space. The chain infrastructure and the coupling lemmas are reusable beyond this mission, in particular by its companion. Contributions to any milestone are welcome, including proofs of the milestones under the paper's hypotheses by methods other than Harris's.

Selected references

  • T. E. Harris, Contact interactions on a lattice, The Annals of Probability 2(6), 969–988, 1974. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996493
  • R. Holley and T. M. Liggett, Ergodic theorems for weakly interacting infinite systems and the voter model, The Annals of Probability 3(4), 643–663, 1975. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176996306
  • T. M. Liggett, Interacting Particle Systems, Grundlehren 276, Springer, 1985. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4613-8542-4
  • W. Feller, On the integro-differential equations of purely discontinuous Markoff processes, Transactions of the AMS 48, 488–515, 1940. https://doi.org/10.1090/S0002-9947-1940-0002697-3
  • J. R. Norris, Markov Chains, Cambridge University Press, 1997, §2.8. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511810633
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Heavy-Traffic Limits for Queues with Many Exponential Servers: The Scaled Stationary M/M/n Queue Length Converges to a Hybrid Exponential–Normal LawResearch Paper

Why many-server queues in heavy traffic

Telephone exchanges, call centers, hospital wards and cloud server pools are queues with a large number sss of parallel servers. For such systems two classical approximations pull in opposite directions. Holding sss fixed and letting the traffic intensity ρ→1\rho \to 1ρ→1 gives the conventional heavy-traffic limit, in which almost every customer waits. Letting sss grow with ρ\rhoρ fixed below one gives a limit in which almost nobody waits. Real systems sit in between: a positive fraction of customers wait, and waits are short. Halfin and Whitt (Operations Research 29 (1981) 567–588) identified the scaling that produces this middle regime and the limit laws it yields. The scaling is now called the Halfin–Whitt or quality-and-efficiency-driven (QED) regime, and it underlies square-root staffing: run n≈R+βRn \approx R + \beta\sqrt Rn≈R+βR​ servers for an offered load of RRR Erlangs. Borst, Mandelbaum and Reiman (Operations Research 52 (2004) 17–34) built staffing rules for large call centers on it.

Timeline. Erlang (1917) gave the delay probability of the M/M/s queue. Iglehart (1965) proved diffusion limits for M/M/s queues with the number of servers growing and the traffic intensity fixed. Halfin and Whitt (1981) proved that the delay probability has a limit strictly between 0 and 1 exactly when (1−ρn)n(1-\rho_n)\sqrt n(1−ρn​)n​ converges to a positive constant (their Proposition 1), derived the limit of the stationary queue length (Theorem 1), and extended the process-level limit to GI/M/s queues. Later work extended the regime to many-server queues with general service times and abandonment.

Setting

An M/M/s queue has Poisson arrivals at rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0, s≥1s \ge 1s≥1 servers, and exponential service times with rate μ>0\mu > 0μ>0. Its traffic intensity is ρ=λ/(sμ)\rho = \lambda/(s\mu)ρ=λ/(sμ). The number Q(t)Q(t)Q(t) of customers in the system (waiting or in service) is a birth–death process on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} with birth rate λ\lambdaλ and death rate min⁡(k,s)μ\min(k,s)\mumin(k,s)μ in state kkk. When ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, Q(t)Q(t)Q(t) converges in distribution to Q(∞)Q(\infty)Q(∞), whose law pk=P(Q(∞)=k)p_k = P(Q(\infty) = k)pk​=P(Q(∞)=k) is the unique probability distribution solving the balance equations of this chain. The probability of delay α=P(Q(∞)≥s)\alpha = P(Q(\infty) \ge s)α=P(Q(∞)≥s) is the Erlang-C formula.

The mission studies a sequence of such queues: queue n≥1n \ge 1n≥1 has sn=ns_n = nsn​=n servers, the fixed service rate μ\muμ, and arrival rate λn\lambda_nλn​ with ρn=λn/(nμ)<1\rho_n = \lambda_n/(n\mu) < 1ρn​=λn​/(nμ)<1 and λn→∞\lambda_n \to \inftyλn​→∞. Its stationary queue length is Qn(∞)Q_n(\infty)Qn​(∞), and the scaled queue length is

Xn=Qn(∞)−nn.X_n = \frac{Q_n(\infty) - n}{\sqrt n}.Xn​=n​Qn​(∞)−n​.

Throughout, Φ\PhiΦ and φ\varphiφ denote the standard normal distribution function and density, and for β>0\beta > 0β>0

α(β)=[1+2π β Φ(β) eβ2/2]−1=φ(β)φ(β)+βΦ(β)∈(0,1).\alpha(\beta) = \big[1 + \sqrt{2\pi}\,\beta\,\Phi(\beta)\,e^{\beta^2/2}\big]^{-1} = \frac{\varphi(\beta)}{\varphi(\beta) + \beta\Phi(\beta)} \in (0,1).α(β)=[1+2π​βΦ(β)eβ2/2]−1=φ(β)+βΦ(β)φ(β)​∈(0,1).

The standing assumption of the paper's Section 2 is the heavy-traffic condition

lim⁡n→∞(1−ρn)n=β,β>0.(2.2)\lim_{n\to\infty} (1-\rho_n)\sqrt n = \beta, \qquad \beta > 0. \tag{2.2}n→∞lim​(1−ρn​)n​=β,β>0.(2.2)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

Under (2.2), with α=α(β)\alpha = \alpha(\beta)α=α(β),

Xn⇒X,P(X≥0)=α,P(X>x∣X≥0)=e−xβ (x≥0),P(X≤x∣X≤0)=Φ(β+x)Φ(β) (x≤0).X_n \Rightarrow X, \qquad P(X \ge 0) = \alpha,\quad P(X > x \mid X \ge 0) = e^{-x\beta}\ (x \ge 0),\quad P(X \le x \mid X \le 0) = \frac{\Phi(\beta + x)}{\Phi(\beta)}\ (x \le 0).Xn​⇒X,P(X≥0)=α,P(X>x∣X≥0)=e−xβ (x≥0),P(X≤x∣X≤0)=Φ(β)Φ(β+x)​ (x≤0).

The limit is exponential with rate β\betaβ above zero and a normal law truncated at zero below it, with masses α\alphaα and 1−α1-\alpha1−α.

Milestones, in the order the paper proves them

  1. The stationary law (1.1)–(1.3) of one M/M/s queue, and the identification (1.2) of P(Q(∞)≥s)P(Q(\infty) \ge s)P(Q(∞)≥s) with the Erlang-C formula.
  2. Lemma 1: recursions expressing the partial moments ∑k<skmpk\sum_{k<s} k^m p_k∑k<s​kmpk​ and ∑k≥skmpk\sum_{k \ge s} k^m p_k∑k≥s​kmpk​ through lower ones and α\alphaα.
  3. Proposition 1: P(Qn(∞)≥n)→α∈(0,1)P(Q_n(\infty) \ge n) \to \alpha \in (0,1)P(Qn​(∞)≥n)→α∈(0,1) if and only if (2.2) holds, and then α=α(β)\alpha = \alpha(\beta)α=α(β).
  4. Proposition 2: for δ>0\delta > 0δ>0 and (n−δn)/n→δ(n - \delta_n)/\sqrt n \to \delta(n−δn​)/n​→δ with δn≤n\delta_n \le nδn​≤n,
P(Qn(∞)≤δn∣Qn(∞)≤n)→Φ(β−δ)Φ(β),n P(Qn(∞)=[δn]∣Qn(∞)≤n)→φ(β−δ)Φ(β),P(Q_n(\infty) \le \delta_n \mid Q_n(\infty) \le n) \to \frac{\Phi(\beta-\delta)}{\Phi(\beta)},\qquad \sqrt n\,P(Q_n(\infty) = [\delta_n] \mid Q_n(\infty) \le n) \to \frac{\varphi(\beta-\delta)}{\Phi(\beta)},P(Qn​(∞)≤δn​∣Qn​(∞)≤n)→Φ(β)Φ(β−δ)​,n​P(Qn​(∞)=[δn​]∣Qn​(∞)≤n)→Φ(β)φ(β−δ)​,

and for (δn−n)/n→δ(\delta_n - n)/\sqrt n \to \delta(δn​−n)/n​→δ with δn≥n\delta_n \ge nδn​≥n,

P(Qn(∞)≥δn∣Qn(∞)≥n)→e−δβ,n P(Qn(∞)=[δn]∣Qn(∞)≥n)→βe−δβ.P(Q_n(\infty) \ge \delta_n \mid Q_n(\infty) \ge n) \to e^{-\delta\beta},\qquad \sqrt n\,P(Q_n(\infty) = [\delta_n] \mid Q_n(\infty) \ge n) \to \beta e^{-\delta\beta}.P(Qn​(∞)≥δn​∣Qn​(∞)≥n)→e−δβ,n​P(Qn​(∞)=[δn​]∣Qn​(∞)≥n)→βe−δβ.
  1. Corollary 1: the first four moments and the variance of XnX_nXn​ converge to explicit functions of α\alphaα and β\betaβ, for example EXn→−β+α/βE X_n \to -\beta + \alpha/\betaEXn​→−β+α/β.

Significance

Theorem 1 is the stationary half of the Halfin–Whitt regime. It turns the Erlang-C formula, a ratio of sums with nnn terms that is opaque for large nnn, into a two-parameter description of congestion: α\alphaα is the fraction of customers who wait, β\betaβ is the scaled safety margin of servers, and the conditional laws above give the distribution of the number waiting and of the number of idle servers. Proposition 1 and Theorem 1 are what square-root staffing rules evaluate; Corollary 1 supplies the mean and variance used in the paper's numerical approximations.

All results of this mission are proved in the paper, by direct calculation from (1.1)–(1.3), Stirling's formula and the central limit theorem for Poisson variables. None has a machine-checked proof. Proposition 1 and the two Section 1 facts are posed on the platform as open theorems from the Gross et al. queueing textbook series; this mission adds the conditional and local limits, the weak-convergence theorem and the moment results on the same definitions, so that a closed development would give a fully checked derivation of the Halfin–Whitt limit from the balance equations.

Difficulty

The stationary law is explicit, so nothing here needs a stochastic process. The difficulty is analytic and uniform: each statement is a limit of ratios of sums of nnn or infinitely many terms, (nρn)k/k!(n\rho_n)^k/k!(nρn​)k/k! below nnn and a geometric tail above nnn, in which ρn→1\rho_n \to 1ρn​→1 and n→∞n \to \inftyn→∞ at linked rates. The lower half needs a central limit theorem for Poisson laws whose parameter nρnn\rho_nnρn​ moves with nnn and is evaluated at a moving point; the local limits (2.10) and (2.12) need Stirling's formula with explicit control of log⁡ρn\log \rho_nlogρn​ to second order. Weak convergence then needs tightness, or a direct argument from the conditional limits, and the moment limits need uniform integrability, which the fixed-sss moment recursions do not give by themselves. Holding ρ\rhoρ fixed, or taking limits in nnn and ρ\rhoρ one after the other, gives degenerate answers (α=0\alpha = 0α=0 or α=1\alpha = 1α=1); the two limits must be taken together.

Formalization scope

The Lean development lives in the namespace HalfinWhitt81.Stationary. The law of Qn(∞)Q_n(\infty)Qn​(∞) is a sequence p n : ℕ → ℝ satisfying IsSteadyState (fun _ => lam n) (mmcDeath μ n) (p n) of the referenced definition QueueingFundamentals.BirthDeath.Balance (nonnegative, summing to one, solving the balance equations of the M/M/n chain); the Erlang-C formula and α(β)\alpha(\beta)α(β) are erlangC and halfinWhittAlpha of QueueingFundamentals.BirthDeath.Erlang, and Φ\PhiΦ, φ\varphiφ are Mathlib's cdf (gaussianReal 0 1) and gaussianPDFReal 0 1. These, and the three open theorems for (1.1)–(1.3), (1.2) and Proposition 1, come from the Gross et al. (2008) series and are referenced, not restated. The related Borst–Mandelbaum–Reiman items (DimCallCenters.*.lemma_4_1, for the continuous extension of Erlang-C) state a different result and are not used.

Conventions committed to:

  • hypotheses on queue nnn (rates, steady state, δn≤n\delta_n \le nδn​≤n or δn≥n\delta_n \ge nδn​≥n) are imposed for n≥1n \ge 1n≥1, and only limits are asserted; λn→∞\lambda_n \to \inftyλn​→∞ is kept as a hypothesis although it follows from (2.2);
  • the standing assumption "(2.1) or, equivalently, (2.2)" is the hypothesis (2.2) with β>0\beta > 0β>0, and α\alphaα is written as α(β)\alpha(\beta)α(β), equal to the limit in (2.1) by Proposition 1;
  • probabilities of Qn(∞)Q_n(\infty)Qn​(∞) are sums of p n (probLE, probGE, probEqInt); a conditional probability P(A∣B)P(A \mid B)P(A∣B) with A⊆BA \subseteq BA⊆B is the ratio P(A)/P(B)P(A)/P(B)P(A)/P(B); [x][x][x] is Int.floor, with P(Q=m)=0P(Q = m) = 0P(Q=m)=0 for m<0m < 0m<0;
  • XnX_nXn​ uses n−1/2n^{-1/2}n−1/2: the page's (2.13) prints n1/2n^{1/2}n1/2, a misprint; (2.12) prints the limit βe−β\beta e^{-\beta}βe−β, a misprint for βe−δβ\beta e^{-\delta\beta}βe−δβ, which is what is formalized;
  • "Xn⇒XX_n \Rightarrow XXn​⇒X" is stated as: there is a Borel probability measure ν\nuν on R\mathbb RR with the three properties of Theorem 1 such that ∑kpn(k) g((k−n)/n)→∫g dν\sum_k p_n(k)\,g((k-n)/\sqrt n) \to \int g\,d\nu∑k​pn​(k)g((k−n)/n​)→∫gdν for every bounded continuous ggg; the exponential clause is for x≥0x \ge 0x≥0 and the normal clause for x≤0x \le 0x≤0;
  • infinite sums whose convergence is not implied by the hypotheses (the moment series of Lemma 1 and Corollary 1) have their convergence in the conclusion.

The goal cannot be met trivially: the law of Qn(∞)Q_n(\infty)Qn​(∞) is the M/M/n steady state, not a free sequence; the limit measure is asserted to exist together with its three properties and the convergence, so no vacuous "for every ν\nuν" reading is possible; and the statement P(Xn≥0)→αP(X_n \ge 0) \to \alphaP(Xn​≥0)→α alone is Proposition 1, already posed.

A complete development needs: the closed form of the M/M/n steady state, Poisson central limit and local limit theorems with a moving parameter, Stirling's formula with error terms, a criterion for weak convergence from convergence of distribution functions, and uniform integrability for the moments. The Poisson limit theorems and the weak-convergence criterion are reusable beyond this mission. Proofs of the referenced open theorems, of individual milestones, and alternative routes to Theorem 1 (moment convergence, or the process-level limit) are all welcome.

Selected references

  • S. Halfin and W. Whitt, Heavy-Traffic Limits for Queues with Many Exponential Servers, Operations Research 29(3) (1981) 567–588. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.29.3.567
  • R. B. Cooper, Introduction to Queueing Theory, Macmillan, 1972 (the source cited for (1.1)–(1.3)).
  • D. L. Iglehart, Limiting Diffusion Approximations for the Many Server Queue and the Repairman Problem, Journal of Applied Probability 2(2) (1965) 429–441.
  • S. Borst, A. Mandelbaum and M. I. Reiman, Dimensioning Large Call Centers, Operations Research 52(1) (2004) 17–34. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.1030.0081
  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson and C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008 (§2.4: the Erlang-C formula and the Halfin–Whitt limit).
13 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Subadditive Ergodic Theory 1: Kingman's Theorem — x₀ₜ/t Converges with Probability One and in Mean to a Finite ξ with E(ξ) = γResearch Paper

Motivation

Many stochastic systems have an accumulated cost or passage time that grows with the length of an observation window. Splitting a window at an intermediate time gives an upper bound on the total, even when it does not give an equality. First-passage percolation and products of random matrices are examples discussed by Kingman (1973). A central question is whether the cost per unit time settles to a long-run rate on almost every sample path.

Hammersley and Welsh introduced subadditive stochastic processes in 1965. Kingman's 1968 theorem established the almost-sure limit for the stationary process considered here. His 1973 paper restated the result, identified the limit's expectation, and set out the process model and related formulations used in later applications. The 1973 article explicitly attributes the proof of Theorem 1, its maximal inequality, and its decomposition to the 1968 work; this mission formalizes the statements as presented in the 1973 paper.

Setting

Fix a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P). For integers 0≤s<t0\le s<t0≤s<t, let xst:Ω→Rx_{st}:\Omega\to\mathbb Rxst​:Ω→R be a measurable random variable. Think of xstx_{st}xst​ as the accumulated quantity over the interval from sss to ttt. Condition S₁ is subadditivity: xsu≤xst+xtux_{su}\le x_{st}+x_{tu}xsu​≤xst​+xtu​ whenever s<t<us<t<us<t<u. The stronger equality defines an additive process.

Condition S₂ says that shifting every interval one time unit forward leaves the joint distribution of the whole family unchanged. It concerns the law of (xs+1,t+1)s<t(x_{s+1,t+1})_{s<t}(xs+1,t+1​)s<t​ as a single countable path. The one-dimensional statement that each xstx_{st}xst​ has a distribution depending only on t−st-st−s is called S₂′ in the paper; it does not replace S₂. Condition S₃ says that every positive-time variable x0tx_{0t}x0t​ is integrable and that, for some real AAA, its mean gt=EP(x0t)g_t=E_P(x_{0t})gt​=EP​(x0t​) satisfies gt≥−Atg_t\ge-Atgt​≥−At for all t≥1t\ge1t≥1. A subadditive process satisfies S₁, S₂, and S₃.

The associated mean growth rate is γ(x)=inf⁡t≥1gt/t\gamma(x)=\inf_{t\ge1}g_t/tγ(x)=inft≥1​gt​/t. The time index starts at one in this infimum because division by zero would introduce an unrelated value. S₃ gives a finite lower bound; the subadditive mean relation makes this infimum the limit of gt/tg_t/tgt​/t. Kingman also considers the invariant σ-field I\mathcal II: events determined by the entire path and unchanged by the shift (xst)↦(xs+1,t+1)(x_{st})\mapsto(x_{s+1,t+1})(xst​)↦(xs+1,t+1​). It records the part of the process that can remain random in the limiting rate. Source: §§1.1–1.2, pp. 883–885.

Formalization targets

Theorem 1: finite long-run rate

For every subadditive process there is an integrable real random variable ξ\xiξ such that

x0t(ω)t⟶ξ(ω)for P-almost every ω,∫Ω∣x0tt−ξ∣ dP⟶0,EP(ξ)=γ(x).\frac{x_{0t}(\omega)}{t}\longrightarrow\xi(\omega) \quad\text{for }P\text{-almost every }\omega, \qquad \int_\Omega\left|\frac{x_{0t}}{t}-\xi\right|\,dP\longrightarrow0, \qquad E_P(\xi)=\gamma(x).tx0t​(ω)​⟶ξ(ω)for P-almost every ω,∫Ω​​tx0t​​−ξ​dP⟶0,EP​(ξ)=γ(x).

These are three distinct claims: almost-sure convergence, convergence in mean, and an identity for the limit's expectation. The limit need not be a constant. The milestone list also covers the convergence of the means, the maximal inequality (1.2.5), the decomposition (1.2.6), the measure-preserving formulation (1.3.4)–(1.3.5), and the representation through I\mathcal II in (1.2.4). Each statement comes from the 1973 paper, §§1.1–1.3.

Measure-preserving formulation

For a measure-preserving map θ:Ω→Ω\theta:\Omega\to\Omegaθ:Ω→Ω, condition Sᴱ concerns integrable functions fnf_nfn​ with fm+n(ω)≤fm(ω)+fn(θmω)f_{m+n}(\omega)\le f_m(\omega)+f_n(\theta^m\omega)fm+n​(ω)≤fm​(ω)+fn​(θmω) for m,n≥1m,n\ge1m,n≥1 and a linear lower bound on their expectations. It yields an integrable ξ\xiξ with fn/n→ξf_n/n\to\xifn​/n→ξ almost surely and in mean. Neither invertibility nor ergodicity of θ\thetaθ is assumed. Source: §1.3, p. 886.

Significance

The theorem assigns a finite sample-path growth rate to an entire class of stationary subadditive systems. It also ties the average of that rate to the infimum of the normalized expected values. The equality is useful when a system's finite-window means are easier to estimate than its individual long-run paths. The invariant σ-field statement explains why a stationary system can have different rates on different paths without contradicting the mean identity. Kingman's examples show how the same framework reaches percolation and matrix products.

The result is mathematically proved, as the 1973 article states. The remaining work here is a machine-checked development of its process model and the displayed results. A published Prove2Me item, PalmQueueing.Ergodic.kingman_subadditive, is open and concerns an ergodic bijective flow with a constant possibly infinite limit; it does not supply this nonergodic finite-limit theorem or convergence in mean. The draft statements in this mission compile with proof placeholders. No machine-checked proof of these new statements is claimed.

Difficulty

Subadditivity gives bounds when intervals are joined, but it does not express x0tx_{0t}x0t​ as a sum of identically distributed increments. The ordinary additive ergodic theorem therefore does not immediately give convergence for x0t/tx_{0t}/tx0t​/t. Nor does convergence of the expectations gt/tg_t/tgt​/t alone force convergence on individual paths or in mean. The process may also have a nonconstant limit: stationarity is a joint-law condition, not an ergodicity assumption that erases invariant information. These are the gaps the formalization must close without strengthening the hypotheses. Source: §§1.1–1.3.

Formalization scope

Lean represents xxx as a function of two natural-number indices and a sample point, but every condition and conclusion uses only s<ts<ts<t. S₁ and the Sᴱ cocycle inequality follow the paper's pointwise displays; random-variable equality in the decomposition is stated almost surely at each valid index pair. Measurability of each valid coordinate is explicit. S₂ compares two probability measures on the full countable path space, so equality of individual marginals cannot satisfy it. The probability measure is normalized, and S₃ requires Bochner integrability to keep every mean finite. The constant γ\gammaγ is a real infimum over positive times, used only under S₃. The goal's limit is real and integrable; Kingman's separate Theorem 2 treats a possible value of −∞-\infty−∞ and belongs to another mission.

The invariant σ-field is the pullback of the path-space shift-invariant σ-field. Its measurability claim is made through an almost-everywhere equal version, since almost-sure limits are insensitive to changes on null sets. Conditional expectation uses this explicit sub-σ-field. All limits in this mission take positive integer time to infinity. The Sᴱ definition requires measure preservation but no inverse and no ergodicity. Thus neither a marginal-law substitution for S₂ nor an ergodic constant-limit specialization can trivialize the target.

A complete proof can reuse Mathlib's measure theory, conditional expectation, product measurable spaces, measure-preserving maps, and subadditive-sequence results. The two process definitions, the invariant σ-field interface, and auxiliary statements are useful to later formalizations of stationary growth models. Contributions that prove the stated results or develop general-purpose lemmas for these objects fit the mission.

Selected references

  • J. F. C. Kingman, Subadditive ergodic theory, The Annals of Probability 1(6), 883–899, 1973. DOI: 10.1214/aop/1176996798.
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Stability and Instability of Fluid Models for Reentrant Lines 1: Every Work-Conserving Fluid Model of the Three-Buffer Line 1→2→1 Is Stable When m₁ + m₃ < 1 and m₂ < 1Research Paper

Why reentrant lines, and why this one

A reentrant line is a queueing network in which every job follows the same route and visits some stations more than once. It is the standard model of a semiconductor wafer fab, where a wafer returns to the same lithography station for each of its layers (Kumar, Re-entrant lines, Queueing Systems 13, 1993). Because jobs at different stages compete for the same server, a network can be unstable (queues grow without bound) even though every station has nominal load below one; the Lu–Kumar and Rybko–Stolyar examples of the early 1990s made this concrete. Deciding stability under the usual load condition therefore needs an argument specific to the network and to the scheduling policy.

Fluid models turn that question into one about deterministic dynamics. Dai (Dai, On positive Harris recurrence of multiclass queueing networks: a unified approach via fluid limit models, Ann. Appl. Probab. 5, 1995) showed that if the fluid model of a queueing discipline is stable, the queueing network under that discipline is positive Harris recurrent. Dai and Weiss (1996) then proved fluid stability, or instability, for several classes of reentrant lines. This mission formalizes their first result, about the smallest reentrant line that revisits a station after visiting another one.

Timeline:

  • 1993: Kumar conjectured that the three-buffer line 1→2→11 \to 2 \to 11→2→1 is stable under the first-in-first-out (FIFO) discipline whenever the load condition holds, for exponential distributions.
  • 1993: Wang proved that the FIFO fluid model of this line is stable, which with Dai's theorem confirms the conjecture.
  • 1996: Dai and Weiss (Theorem 3.1) proved stability of the fluid model for every work-conserving discipline, with an explicit emptying time.

Setting

A reentrant line has III stations and KKK classes. Fluid enters as class 111 at rate one; class kkk is served at station σ(k)\sigma(k)σ(k) with mean service time mk>0m_k > 0mk​>0 and service rate μk=1/mk\mu_k = 1/m_kμk​=1/mk​, and on completion becomes class k+1k+1k+1 (class KKK leaves). The constituency of station iii is Ci={k:σ(k)=i}C_i = \{k : \sigma(k) = i\}Ci​={k:σ(k)=i}, and its nominal workload is ρi=∑k∈Cimk\rho_i = \sum_{k\in C_i} m_kρi​=∑k∈Ci​​mk​.

A fluid model solution is a pair of paths Q(t)∈RKQ(t) \in \mathbb R^KQ(t)∈RK (fluid levels) and T(t)∈RKT(t) \in \mathbb R^KT(t)∈RK (cumulative time spent serving each class) such that, for t≥0t \ge 0t≥0:

Qk(t)=Qk(0)+μk−1Tk−1(t)−μkTk(t)(μ0T0(t)=t),Qk(t)≥0,Q_k(t) = Q_k(0) + \mu_{k-1}T_{k-1}(t) - \mu_k T_k(t)\quad(\mu_0T_0(t) = t),\qquad Q_k(t) \ge 0,Qk​(t)=Qk​(0)+μk−1​Tk−1​(t)−μk​Tk​(t)(μ0​T0​(t)=t),Qk​(t)≥0,

each TkT_kTk​ starts at 000 and is nondecreasing, and the idle time Ui(t)=t−Bi(t)U_i(t) = t - B_i(t)Ui​(t)=t−Bi​(t), with busy time Bi(t)=∑k∈CiTk(t)B_i(t) = \sum_{k \in C_i} T_k(t)Bi​(t)=∑k∈Ci​​Tk​(t), is nondecreasing. These are the paper's equations (1.8)–(1.12). The solution is work conserving if, in addition, (1.13): UiU_iUi​ increases only at times when station iii holds no fluid. The immediate volume of station iii is Wi(t)=∑k∈CimkQk(t)W_i(t) = \sum_{k \in C_i} m_k Q_k(t)Wi​(t)=∑k∈Ci​​mk​Qk​(t).

A set of fluid model solutions is stable (Definition 1.3) if there is a δ>0\delta > 0δ>0 such that every solution with ∣Q(0)∣=∑kQk(0)=1|Q(0)| = \sum_k Q_k(0) = 1∣Q(0)∣=∑k​Qk​(0)=1 has Q(t)=0Q(t) = 0Q(t)=0 for all t≥δt \ge \deltat≥δ.

The three-buffer line of Figure 1 has I=2I = 2I=2, K=3K = 3K=3 and route 1→2→11 \to 2 \to 11→2→1: classes 111 and 333 at station 111, class 222 at station 222. The load condition (3.1) is

ρ1=m1+m3<1,ρ2=m2<1.\rho_1 = m_1 + m_3 < 1, \qquad \rho_2 = m_2 < 1 .ρ1​=m1​+m3​<1,ρ2​=m2​<1.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1

m1,m2,m3>0,  m1+m3<1,  m2<1 ⟹ the work-conserving fluid model (1.8)–(1.13) of 1→2→1 is stable.m_1, m_2, m_3 > 0,\ \ m_1 + m_3 < 1,\ \ m_2 < 1 \ \Longrightarrow\ \text{the work-conserving fluid model (1.8)–(1.13) of } 1 \to 2 \to 1 \text{ is stable.}m1​,m2​,m3​>0,  m1​+m3​<1,  m2​<1 ⟹ the work-conserving fluid model (1.8)–(1.13) of 1→2→1 is stable.

The goal fixes no emptying time: it asserts only that some δ>0\delta > 0δ>0 works, which is Definition 1.3.

Milestones, in attack order

  1. Lemma 2.2 (ii): a nonnegative absolutely continuous ggg with g˙(t)≤−ε\dot g(t) \le -\varepsilong˙​(t)≤−ε almost everywhere where g(t)>0g(t) > 0g(t)>0 vanishes from g(0)/εg(0)/\varepsilong(0)/ε on, and is nonincreasing.
  2. Display (3.2) (already proved on the platform): at a regular point, the maximum of finitely many functions has the derivative of every component that attains it.
  3. Lemma 3.2: for nonnegative linear functions GiG_iGi​ of QQQ with (a) G˙i≤−εi\dot G_i \le -\varepsilon_iG˙i​≤−εi​ while Wi>0W_i > 0Wi​>0 and (b) Gi≤min⁡j≠iGjG_i \le \min_{j \ne i} G_jGi​≤minj=i​Gj​ while Wi=0W_i = 0Wi​=0, the maximum GGG is absolutely continuous and nonnegative, and G˙(t)≤−min⁡iεi\dot G(t) \le -\min_i \varepsilon_iG˙(t)≤−mini​εi​ at regular points with G(t)>0G(t) > 0G(t)>0.
  4. Drift identity (proof of Theorem 3.1): with θ=m1/(m1+m3)\theta = m_1/(m_1+m_3)θ=m1​/(m1​+m3​), G1=θQ1++(1−θ)Q3+G_1 = \theta Q_1^+ + (1-\theta)Q_3^+G1​=θQ1+​+(1−θ)Q3+​ and G2=Q2+G_2 = Q_2^+G2​=Q2+​, where Qk+=∑l≤kQlQ_k^+ = \sum_{l \le k} Q_lQk+​=∑l≤k​Ql​, one has Gi(t)=Gi(0)+t−Bi(t)/ρiG_i(t) = G_i(0) + t - B_i(t)/\rho_iGi​(t)=Gi​(0)+t−Bi​(t)/ρi​.
  5. Drift rate: G˙i(t)=−(1/ρi−1)<0\dot G_i(t) = -(1/\rho_i - 1) < 0G˙i​(t)=−(1/ρi​−1)<0 whenever Wi(t)>0W_i(t) > 0Wi​(t)>0.
  6. Condition (b): W1(t)=0⇒G1(t)≤G2(t)W_1(t) = 0 \Rightarrow G_1(t) \le G_2(t)W1​(t)=0⇒G1​(t)≤G2​(t) and W2(t)=0⇒G2(t)≤G1(t)W_2(t) = 0 \Rightarrow G_2(t) \le G_1(t)W2​(t)=0⇒G2​(t)≤G1​(t).
  7. Emptying time: every work-conserving solution with ∣Q(0)∣=1|Q(0)| = 1∣Q(0)∣=1 is empty from max⁡{ρ1/(1−ρ1),ρ2/(1−ρ2)}\max\{\rho_1/(1-\rho_1), \rho_2/(1-\rho_2)\}max{ρ1​/(1−ρ1​),ρ2​/(1−ρ2​)} on.

Significance

Theorem 3.1 settles stability of the three-buffer line for every work-conserving discipline at once, not only FIFO. Through Dai's 1995 theorem it gives positive Harris recurrence of the queueing network under any such discipline whose fluid limits satisfy (1.8)–(1.13), under that theorem's distributional assumptions. By the paper's remark after the proof, every other three-buffer reentrant line is feedforward, so with this theorem all three-buffer reentrant lines are stable under every work-conserving policy. The method, a Lyapunov function that is the maximum of linear functions of the fluid levels, recurs in the paper's later theorems (Lu–Kumar network, two-station Kelly-type lines) and in the wider fluid-stability literature.

The result is proved on paper; no machine-checked version exists. The mission's contribution is a formal fluid-model layer for reentrant lines (equations (1.8)–(1.13), Definition 1.3) shared with the other missions of this series, two reusable real-analysis lemmas (Lemma 2.2 (ii) and Lemma 3.2), and a complete formal proof of Theorem 3.1. The fluid-limit theorem linking fluid stability to the stochastic network is cited, not formalized.

Difficulty

The obvious approach is to split cases on the relative loads, as the paper notes (m1+m3/m2<1m_1 + m_3/m_2 < 1m1​+m3​/m2​<1 or not), and track the fluid explicitly; this gives sharp emptying times but requires following solutions through regime changes, which is unwieldy when the discipline is arbitrary. The Lyapunov approach avoids this but moves the difficulty into analysis: the fluid paths are only Lipschitz, so derivatives exist only almost everywhere; the maximum of two Lyapunov components is not differentiable where they cross; and work conservation is a statement about where the idle time can increase, which has to be converted into "the busy time grows at rate one" at points where a station holds fluid. Lemma 2.2 (ii) itself needs the fundamental theorem of calculus for absolutely continuous functions.

Formalization scope

All declarations live in DaiWeissFluid.ThreeBuffer. Committed conventions:

  • Classes and stations are 0-based (Fin 3, Fin 2). The paper's class kkk is Lean k - 1; the line is threeBuffer m with station map ![0, 1, 0], and (3.1) reads m 0 + m 2 < 1, m 1 < 1.
  • Paths are total functions ℝ → Fin K → ℝ; every equation is imposed only for t≥0t \ge 0t≥0, and derivatives are taken at t>0t > 0t>0 (HasDerivAt).
  • Work conservation (1.13) is in interval form: UiU_iUi​ is constant on every interval [s,t]⊆[0,∞)[s,t] \subseteq [0,\infty)[s,t]⊆[0,∞) on which station iii holds fluid throughout. This is equivalent to the paper's integral condition for continuous paths.
  • No Lipschitz continuity is assumed; it follows from (1.10)–(1.12).
  • mk>0m_k > 0mk​>0 is an explicit hypothesis (the paper takes it for granted). ∣Q(0)∣=∑kQk(0)|Q(0)| = \sum_k Q_k(0)∣Q(0)∣=∑k​Qk​(0).
  • Lemma 2.2 (ii) is stated with g˙(t)≤−ε\dot g(t) \le -\varepsilong˙​(t)≤−ε; the paper prints <<<, but every application uses ≤\le≤, and the stated version is the stronger lemma.
  • Lemma 3.2 is stated for any reentrant line with I≥1I \ge 1I≥1 stations, assuming only (1.8)–(1.12), as in the paper.

A trivializing formalization is ruled out: the work-conserving solution set of the three-buffer line is nonempty for every mmm satisfying (3.1), with ∣Q(0)∣=1|Q(0)| = 1∣Q(0)∣=1 (a sorry-free witness was checked), so the goal is not vacuous, and the goal quantifies over all work-conserving solutions rather than one discipline.

Needed infrastructure: Lipschitz and absolute continuity of the fluid paths, the a.e. fundamental theorem of calculus for absolutely continuous functions (in Mathlib), and the derivative of a finite maximum at a regular point (on the platform as display (3.2)). Lemma 2.2 (ii) and Lemma 3.2 are reusable for the other missions of the series. Proofs of any milestone are welcome independently.

Selected references

  • J. G. Dai and G. Weiss, Stability and instability of fluid models for reentrant lines, Mathematics of Operations Research 21(1), 115–134, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.21.1.115
  • J. G. Dai, On positive Harris recurrence of multiclass queueing networks: a unified approach via fluid limit models, Annals of Applied Probability 5(1), 49–77, 1995. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177004828
  • P. R. Kumar, Re-entrant lines, Queueing Systems 13, 87–110, 1993. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01158927
  • A. N. Rybko and A. L. Stolyar, Ergodicity of stochastic processes describing the operation of open queueing networks, Problems of Information Transmission 28, 199–220, 1992.
  • D. D. Botvich and A. A. Zamyatin, Ergodicity of conservative communication networks, Rapport de recherche 1772, INRIA, 1992.
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks IX: Partial Balance — Equivalent Characterizations via Truncation, Rate Changes and Time ReversalTextbook

Why partial balance

Equilibrium distributions of Markov models of networks are rarely computed by solving the full equilibrium equations directly. In the classical product-form results (migration processes, Jackson and Kelly networks, loss networks, clustering processes) the equilibrium distribution satisfies a stronger, local family of equations, and that is what makes it computable. The strongest such family is detailed balance, which characterizes reversibility. Many models that are not reversible still satisfy an intermediate family, partial balance: the probability flux balances not pair by pair but across a chosen set of transitions. F. P. Kelly's Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979) uses partial balance throughout: quasi-reversibility in Chapter 3 is a form of it, and the models that display it tend to be insensitive, meaning their equilibrium distribution does not change when exponential holding times are replaced by general ones with the same mean.

Section 9.4 of the book collects what partial balance means in a single statement. Theorem 9.5 summarizes Exercises 1.6.2–1.6.4 and 1.7.7–1.7.8 and gives five operational characterizations of partial balance. Corollaries 9.6–9.8 translate them into the language of spatial processes, and Theorem 9.9 turns partial balance of a coarse description into a product-form equilibrium for a finer one. This last step is the mechanism behind insensitivity.

Setting

A Markov process on a state space S\mathcal SS has transition rates q(j,k)≥0q(j,k)\ge0q(j,k)≥0 for j≠kj\ne kj=k, with q(j,j)=0q(j,j)=0q(j,j)=0. It is irreducible: every state can be reached from every other through transitions of positive rate. An equilibrium distribution is a collection of positive numbers π(j)\pi(j)π(j) summing to one that satisfies the equilibrium equations

π(j)∑k∈Sq(j,k)=∑k∈Sπ(k)q(k,j),j∈S.\pi(j)\sum_{k\in\mathcal S}q(j,k)=\sum_{k\in\mathcal S}\pi(k)q(k,j),\qquad j\in\mathcal S.π(j)k∈S∑​q(j,k)=k∈S∑​π(k)q(k,j),j∈S.

For an irreducible process on a finite state space it exists and is unique.

Given a set A⊆S\mathcal A\subseteq\mathcal SA⊆S, π\piπ satisfies partial balance with respect to A\mathcal AA if

π(j)∑k∈Aq(j,k)=∑k∈Aπ(k)q(k,j),j∈A.\pi(j)\sum_{k\in\mathcal A}q(j,k)=\sum_{k\in\mathcal A}\pi(k)q(k,j),\qquad j\in\mathcal A.π(j)k∈A∑​q(j,k)=k∈A∑​π(k)q(k,j),j∈A.

Truncating the process to A\mathcal AA deletes every transition out of A\mathcal AA, and the result is required to be irreducible within A\mathcal AA. The time-reversed process of a process with equilibrium distribution π\piπ has rates π(k)q(k,j)/π(j)\pi(k)q(k,j)/\pi(j)π(k)q(k,j)/π(j).

A spatial process has JJJ sites, the vertices of a graph GGG. Site jjj carries an attribute njn_jnj​ from a finite set Nj\mathcal N_jNj​, and the state space is S=N1×⋯×NJ\mathcal S=\mathcal N_1\times\cdots\times\mathcal N_JS=N1​×⋯×NJ​. Write TjmnT_j^m\mathbf nTjm​n for the state n\mathbf nn with the attribute of site jjj changed to mmm. The process must satisfy three conditions: only one site changes at a time; the rate q(n,Tjmn)q(\mathbf n,T_j^m\mathbf n)q(n,Tjm​n) depends on the other sites only through the neighbours of jjj; and any TjmnT_j^m\mathbf nTjm​n can be reached from n\mathbf nn without changing the other sites. The conditional distribution of site jjj given the rest is P(nj∣nG−j)=π(n)/∑mπ(Tjmn)P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{G-j})=\pi(\mathbf n)/\sum_m\pi(T_j^m\mathbf n)P(nj​∣nG−j​)=π(n)/∑m​π(Tjm​n). A Markov field is a positive distribution whose conditional distributions depend only on the neighbours of jjj.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.5

For an irreducible process on a finite S\mathcal SS with equilibrium distribution π\piπ, a nonempty A\mathcal AA within which the truncated process is irreducible, and a constant c>0c>0c>0, c≠1c\ne1c=1, the following are equivalent:

  1. partial balance with respect to A\mathcal AA;
  2. the equilibrium distribution of the truncated process is π(j)/∑k∈Aπ(k)\pi(j)/\sum_{k\in\mathcal A}\pi(k)π(j)/∑k∈A​π(k);
  3. multiplying the rates q(j,k)q(j,k)q(j,k), j,k∈Aj,k\in\mathcal Aj,k∈A, by ccc leaves the equilibrium distribution unchanged;
  4. multiplying the rates q(j,k)q(j,k)q(j,k), j∈Aj\in\mathcal Aj∈A, k∉Ak\notin\mathcal Ak∈/A, by ccc changes the equilibrium distribution to
Bπ(j) (j∈A),Bcπ(j) (j∉A),B−1=∑j∈Aπ(j)+c∑j∉Aπ(j);B\pi(j)\ (j\in\mathcal A),\qquad Bc\pi(j)\ (j\notin\mathcal A),\qquad B^{-1}=\sum_{j\in\mathcal A}\pi(j)+c\sum_{j\notin\mathcal A}\pi(j);Bπ(j) (j∈A),Bcπ(j) (j∈/A),B−1=j∈A∑​π(j)+cj∈/A∑​π(j);
  1. time reversal and truncation to A\mathcal AA commute.

When S−A\mathcal S-\mathcal AS−A is nonempty, these are also equivalent to:

  1. the chain observed just before each exit from A\mathcal AA and the chain observed just after each entry into A\mathcal AA have the same equilibrium distribution.

Milestones

  • Corollary 9.6: the equivalences for the sets on which all sites but jjj are frozen, i.e. partial balance (9.26) at a site.
  • Corollary 9.7: on a state space with at least two states, partial balance at every site makes π\piπ a Markov field, with 0<π(n)<10<\pi(\mathbf n)<10<π(n)<1 as in the book's definition.
  • Corollary 9.8: the equivalences for the set on which site jjj is frozen at one attribute (9.27).
  • Theorem 9.9: if a reduced description n=f(x)\mathbf n=f(\mathbf x)n=f(x) has a distribution π(n)\pi(\mathbf n)π(n) in partial balance for the rates (9.31), then the finer process has equilibrium distribution π(x)=π(n)∏jPj(xj∣nj)\pi(\mathbf x)=\pi(\mathbf n)\prod_jP_j(x_j\mid n_j)π(x)=π(n)∏j​Pj​(xj​∣nj​).

What the results give

Theorem 9.5 makes partial balance testable by operations on the process itself: truncation, speeding up or slowing down transitions, and time reversal. The book points to close relationships between statement (iv) and the product form of Section 2.3, and between statement (ii) and part (iii) of Theorem 3.12. Corollary 9.6 (iv) explains why the reversed migration process has such a simple form. Corollary 9.7 strengthens Theorem 9.3 by replacing reversibility with partial balance at each site. Theorem 9.9 is the step from partial balance to insensitivity: it is what the book uses to show that a spatial process keeps its equilibrium distribution when the lifetimes of attributes are mixtures of gamma distributions.

All of these results were proved in 1979. None has a machine-checked proof. The platform has the reversible special case of statement (ii) (KellyStochasticNetworks.truncated_reversible) and the rate-level objects for time reversal and truncation, which this mission reuses. Formalizing Theorem 9.5 also produces a reusable account of embedded exit and entry chains of a finite Markov process.

Difficulty

Most of the equivalences (i)–(v) are short manipulations of the equilibrium equations, but each direction from a property of an altered process back to partial balance needs uniqueness of equilibrium distributions for irreducible finite processes, and (v) ⇒ (i) also needs their existence. Mathlib has neither in the form needed here. Statement (vi) is a different kind of claim. The equilibrium distribution of the exit chain is proportional to the exit flux π(j)∑k∉Aq(j,k)\pi(j)\sum_{k\notin\mathcal A}q(j,k)π(j)∑k∈/A​q(j,k), and that of the entry chain to the entry flux. Proving this requires the hitting distributions and the Green's function of the jump chain killed on leaving a set, and the convergence of the series that define them. Corollary 9.8 (v) inherits that work. Theorem 9.9 requires uniqueness for the reduced frozen processes and careful bookkeeping of the fibres {xj:fj(xj)=nj}\{x_j:f_j(x_j)=n_j\}{xj​:fj​(xj​)=nj​}.

Formalization scope

State spaces are finite types, and every sum is an unconditional sum over a finite type. Because the state space is finite, the book's extra condition for (vi), a finite flux out of A\mathcal AA, holds automatically. Rates are real functions with q(j,j)=0q(j,j)=0q(j,j)=0 built into the hypotheses; the reduced rates of (9.31) also have zero self-rates. "The equilibrium distribution of a process is XXX" means: XXX is positive, sums to one, satisfies the equilibrium equations, and every distribution with these properties equals XXX. The book's "c≠0c\ne0c=0 or 111" is read as c>0c>0c>0, c≠1c\ne1c=1, so that altered rates remain rates. Truncation to A\mathcal AA is the published truncatedRates, a process on the subtype A\mathcal AA, and the reversed rates are the published reversedRates. The exit and entry chains are defined from the jump chain through series of restricted matrix powers. Spatial processes live on ∏jNj\prod_j\mathcal N_j∏j​Nj​ with TjmT_j^mTjm​ given by Function.update. In Theorem 9.9 the graph is complete, as the book assumes from p. 202 on.

The equilibrium distribution of the truncated process must be the unique positive normalized solution of the truncated equilibrium equations. It must not be defined as the conditional distribution, which would make (ii) a tautology. For the same reason (iii) and (iv) are stated through the equilibrium equations of the altered rates, not by assumption.

Theorem 9.10 (p. 207) is not a target. Its hypothesis, that a nominal lifetime "can have any distribution with unit mean", is not defined on the page, and the point-process and lifetime description it needs lies outside this rate-level development.

Contributions are welcome at every level: uniqueness and existence of equilibrium distributions for irreducible finite rate matrices (reusable across the series), convergence of the killed Green's function, and proofs of the corollaries from the goal.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, Chichester, 1979; reissued Cambridge University Press, 2011. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139171724 (§9.4, pp. 200–208; §1.6, pp. 25–27)
  • F. P. Kelly and E. Yudovina, Stochastic Networks, Cambridge University Press, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139565363
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Graph TheoryMarkov ChainOperations Research+2·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks VIII: Markov Fields — A Positive Random Field Is Markov iff It Factorizes over the Simplices of the GraphTextbook

Motivation

Many systems consist of a finite number of sites whose states influence one another only locally: fruit trees in an orchard that are diseased or healthy, power sources that are working or broken, individuals holding one of several views. Chapter 9 of F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979) asks which joint distributions such systems have in equilibrium. Earlier chapters of the book produce product-form distributions in which the components are independent; spatial models instead give a limited dependence, and §9.1 makes that notion precise through Markov fields.

The central characterization, that a positive random field is Markov with respect to a graph exactly when it factorizes over the cliques of that graph, is the theorem of Hammersley and Clifford (1971, unpublished manuscript), with published proofs by Besag (1974), Grimmett (1973) and Preston (1973). It underlies Gibbs random fields in statistical mechanics, spatial statistics, image analysis and graphical models. Kelly's §§9.2–9.3 then use it to identify the equilibrium distributions of interacting-particle Markov processes ("spatial processes"), connecting it to reversibility and partial balance.

Setting

There are JJJ sites, the vertices of a finite graph GGG; ∂j\partial j∂j is the set of neighbours of site jjj and G−jG-jG−j the set of sites other than jjj. Site jjj carries an attribute njn_jnj​ from a finite set Nj\mathcal N_jNj​, and a state is n=(n1,…,nJ)\mathbf n=(n_1,\dots,n_J)n=(n1​,…,nJ​) in S=N1×⋯×NJ\mathcal S=\mathcal N_1\times\cdots\times\mathcal N_JS=N1​×⋯×NJ​. For a set of sites HHH, nH\mathbf n_HnH​ is the vector of attributes of the sites in HHH. The operator TjmT_j^mTjm​ changes the attribute of site jjj to mmm.

A random field is a function π\piπ on S\mathcal SS with π(n)>0\pi(\mathbf n)>0π(n)>0 for every state and ∑nπ(n)=1\sum_{\mathbf n}\pi(\mathbf n)=1∑n​π(n)=1. The conditional probability that site jjj has attribute njn_jnj​ given all other sites is

P(nj∣nG−j)=π(n)∑m∈Njπ(Tjmn).(9.1)P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{G-j}) = \frac{\pi(\mathbf n)}{\sum_{m\in\mathcal N_j}\pi(T_j^m\mathbf n)}. \qquad (9.1)P(nj​∣nG−j​)=∑m∈Nj​​π(Tjm​n)π(n)​.(9.1)

π\piπ is a Markov field if P(nj∣nG−j)=P(nj∣n∂j)P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{G-j}) = P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{\partial j})P(nj​∣nG−j​)=P(nj​∣n∂j​) for every jjj and n\mathbf nn (9.2): the attribute of a site depends on the rest of the system only through its neighbours. A simplex is a single site or a set of sites any two of which are neighbours; C\mathcal CC is the set of simplices of GGG.

A spatial process is a Markov process n(t)\mathbf n(t)n(t) on S\mathcal SS with rates qqq such that (i) only one component changes at a time, (ii) q(n,Tjmn)q(\mathbf n,T_j^m\mathbf n)q(n,Tjm​n) depends on n\mathbf nn only through njn_jnj​ and n∂j\mathbf n_{\partial j}n∂j​, and (iii) TjmnT_j^m\mathbf nTjm​n can be reached from n\mathbf nn by transitions that do not alter nG−j\mathbf n_{G-j}nG−j​. The general spatial process of §9.3 has rates

q(n,Tjmn)=λj(nj,m) Φ(n)ΦG−j(nG−j)(9.15)q(\mathbf n,T_j^m\mathbf n)=\lambda_j(n_j,m)\,\frac{\Phi(\mathbf n)}{\Phi_{G-j}(\mathbf n_{G-j})} \qquad (9.15)q(n,Tjm​n)=λj​(nj​,m)ΦG−j​(nG−j​)Φ(n)​(9.15)

for positive functions Φ\PhiΦ, ΦG−j\Phi_{G-j}ΦG−j​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 9.2 (p. 186)

A random field π\piπ is a Markov field if and only if

π(n)=B∏C∈CϕC(nC),n∈S,(9.5)\pi(\mathbf n) = B\prod_{C\in\mathcal C}\phi_C(\mathbf n_C), \qquad \mathbf n\in\mathcal S, \qquad (9.5)π(n)=BC∈C∏​ϕC​(nC​),n∈S,(9.5)

for some constant BBB and functions ϕC\phi_CϕC​.

Milestones

  • Lemma 9.1 (p. 185): the conditional probabilities P(nj∣nG−j)P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{G-j})P(nj​∣nG−j​), j∈Gj\in Gj∈G, n∈S\mathbf n\in\mathcal Sn∈S, determine the random field uniquely.
  • Theorem 9.3 (p. 189): the equilibrium distribution of a reversible spatial process is a Markov field.
  • Theorem 9.4 (p. 193): for the rates (9.15), with αj>0\alpha_j>0αj​>0 solving αj(n)∑mλj(n,m)=∑mαj(m)λj(m,n)\alpha_j(n)\sum_m\lambda_j(n,m)=\sum_m\alpha_j(m)\lambda_j(m,n)αj​(n)∑m​λj​(n,m)=∑m​αj​(m)λj​(m,n) (9.16), the equilibrium distribution is
π(n)=B ∏j=1Jαj(nj)Φ(n),(9.17)\pi(\mathbf n) = B\,\frac{\prod_{j=1}^J\alpha_j(n_j)}{\Phi(\mathbf n)}, \qquad (9.17)π(n)=BΦ(n)∏j=1J​αj​(nj​)​,(9.17)

and it satisfies the partial balance equations (9.18) site by site.

Significance

Theorem 9.2 turns a statement about conditional laws, which is how local interaction is usually specified, into an explicit parametrization of the joint law by clique potentials. On a lattice with binary attributes it reduces a Markov field to one parameter per site and one per pair of adjacent sites, giving the form π(n)=BαMβR\pi(\mathbf n)=B\alpha^M\beta^Rπ(n)=BαMβR (9.9). Theorem 9.3 shows that local, reversible dynamics produce Markov-field equilibria, and Theorem 9.4 gives a family of non-reversible processes, containing the closed migration process of Chapter 2, whose equilibria are still explicit; its partial balance equations are the bridge to §9.4.

All four results are classical and proved in the book. They are not, to our knowledge, machine-checked in this discrete form. The platform has an open statement of Hammersley–Clifford in a different setting, HighDimStat.GraphicalModels.thm11_8_hammersley_clifford (Wainwright, High-Dimensional Statistics, Theorem 11.8): a random vector in RV\mathbb R^VRV with a strictly positive Lebesgue density and the global (separation) Markov property. Neither statement implies the other as formalized, so this mission poses Kelly's finite, local version separately. A formal proof here also gives reusable infrastructure: conditional probabilities of a distribution on a finite product space, and factorizations over the cliques of a graph.

Difficulty

The "if" direction is routine. The "only if" direction is where the content lies: the functions ϕC\phi_CϕC​ must be produced from π\piπ alone, and a product over the cliques of GGG must reproduce π\piπ at every state, not only at the states whose nonzero attributes sit on a single clique. The natural first idea, one factor per site read off from the conditional laws, fails as soon as two sites interact. The Markov property must also be brought from its explicit form (9.2), which involves a marginal over the non-neighbours, into a usable statement about π\piπ itself. Strict positivity is essential: without it the "only if" direction is false (Exercise 9.2.2). For Theorem 9.3, condition (iii) cannot be dropped: Exercise 9.2.2 gives a reversible process satisfying (i) and (ii) whose equilibrium is not a Markov field, so any argument that uses only the local form of the rates fails.

Formalization scope

  • Sites form an arbitrary finite type V with decidable equality; attributes at site j form a finite type N j, which may differ between sites. States are dependent functions (j : V) → N j, and TjmnT_j^m\mathbf nTjm​n is Function.update n j m. The graph is a Mathlib SimpleGraph V, so ∂j\partial j∂j is G.neighborSet j.
  • A random field is a real function, positive at every state, with finite sum 111. P(nj∣n∂j)P(n_j\mid\mathbf n_{\partial j})P(nj​∣n∂j​) is the conditional probability computed from π\piπ (a ratio of finite sums), so (9.2) is stated literally.
  • Simplices are the nonempty cliques of the given graph GGG, including single sites. The factorization ranges over exactly these sets; a product over all subsets of sites, or over the cliques of the complete graph, would make the goal trivially true and is ruled out.
  • Theorems 9.3 and 9.4 are read at the level of rates: "equilibrium distribution of a reversible process" is a positive distribution summing to one in detailed balance with qqq (the published KellyStochasticNetworks.DetailedBalance), and "equilibrium distribution" in 9.4 is a positive distribution summing to one satisfying the equilibrium equations (KellyStochasticNetworks.FullBalance), together with its uniqueness under irreducibility. The Markov process itself is not constructed. The state space is always finite, so all sums are finite.
  • Contributions welcome: proofs of any item, general lemmas on conditional laws over finite product spaces, and a formal account of the general Hammersley–Clifford theorem that both this mission and the Wainwright statement could use.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, 1979, Chapter 9. https://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/kelly_book.html
  • J. Besag, Spatial interaction and the statistical analysis of lattice systems, J. Roy. Statist. Soc. B 36 (1974), 192–236. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.2517-6161.1974.tb00999.x
  • G. R. Grimmett, A theorem about random fields, Bull. London Math. Soc. 5 (1973), 81–84. https://doi.org/10.1112/blms/5.1.81
  • C. J. Preston, Generalized Gibbs states and Markov random fields, Adv. Appl. Probab. 5 (1973), 242–261. https://doi.org/10.2307/1426035
  • M. J. Wainwright, High-Dimensional Statistics, Cambridge University Press, 2019, Theorem 11.8. https://doi.org/10.1017/9781108627771
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchOptimization+1·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks V: Optimal Capacity Allocation in a Network of QueuesTextbook

Motivation

Chapter 4 of F. P. Kelly's Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979) applies the product-form theory of Chapter 3 to concrete systems. Two of its results have numbered statements, and they answer two practical questions.

The first comes from the design of store-and-forward communication networks (telegraph and packet-switched data networks). Messages queue at channels; the designer chooses each channel's capacity subject to a budget, and wants to minimize the delay messages suffer. Because the equilibrium law at every channel is geometric under several different modelling assumptions (§4.1, pp. 95–96), the mean delay has a closed form, and the budget allocation problem becomes a small convex program with an explicit solution. This square-root capacity assignment goes back to L. Kleinrock's work on communication nets (Communication Nets, McGraw-Hill, 1964) and remains the textbook example of optimal design for a network of queues.

The second comes from compartmental models in biology, birth–illness–death processes and manpower planning (§4.5, pp. 113–115). Individuals enter a system as a Poisson stream and move through it independently. Equilibrium results follow from Chapter 3; Theorem 4.2 describes the transient behaviour exactly, starting from an empty system.

Setting

Capacity allocation (§4.1). A network has J≥1J \ge 1J≥1 channels. Channel jjj receives traffic at average rate aj>0a_j > 0aj​>0 and is given capacity ϕj\phi_jϕj​. In equilibrium the number njn_jnj​ of messages at channel jjj has the geometric law (4.1),

P(nj=n)=(1−ajϕj)(ajϕj)n,n=0,1,2,…,P(n_j = n) = \Big(1 - \frac{a_j}{\phi_j}\Big)\Big(\frac{a_j}{\phi_j}\Big)^n, \qquad n = 0, 1, 2, \dots,P(nj​=n)=(1−ϕj​aj​​)(ϕj​aj​​)n,n=0,1,2,…,

which requires ϕj>aj\phi_j > a_jϕj​>aj​. Its mean is aj/(ϕj−aj)a_j/(\phi_j - a_j)aj​/(ϕj​−aj​). Capacity on channel jjj costs fj>0f_j > 0fj​>0 per unit and the total budget is FFF, giving the cost constraint (4.2)

∑jfjϕj=F.\sum_j f_j\phi_j = F.j∑​fj​ϕj​=F.

The mean number of customers in the network is

N(ϕ)=∑jajϕj−aj,N(\phi) = \sum_j \frac{a_j}{\phi_j - a_j},N(ϕ)=j∑​ϕj​−aj​aj​​,

and the feasible set is the set of ϕ∈RJ\phi \in \mathbb{R}^Jϕ∈RJ with ϕj>aj\phi_j > a_jϕj​>aj​ for every jjj that satisfy (4.2). In Lean these are meanNumberInNetwork a φ and FeasibleCapacities a f F. The proof works with the Lagrangian lagrangian a f F y φ =N(ϕ)+y(∑jfjϕj−F)= N(\phi) + y(\sum_j f_j\phi_j - F)=N(ϕ)+y(∑j​fj​ϕj​−F).

Compartmental model (§4.5). Individuals arrive in a Poisson stream of rate ν>0\nu > 0ν>0 at a system of JJJ compartments that is empty at time 000. Let pj(s)p_j(s)pj​(s) be the probability that an individual is in compartment jjj a time sss after its arrival; pj(s)≥0p_j(s) \ge 0pj​(s)≥0 and ∑jpj(s)≤1\sum_j p_j(s) \le 1∑j​pj​(s)≤1, since individuals may leave. Let nj(t)n_j(t)nj​(t) be the number of individuals in compartment jjj at time t>0t > 0t>0, and

αj(t)=∫0tpj(u) du.\alpha_j(t) = \int_0^t p_j(u)\,du.αj​(t)=∫0t​pj​(u)du.

In Lean the model is the predicate IsCompartmentModel P ν t p M T Loc, the counts are compartmentCount M Loc j, and αj(t)\alpha_j(t)αj​(t) is alpha p j t.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 4.1 (p. 97)

If J≥1J \ge 1J≥1, aj>0a_j > 0aj​>0, fj>0f_j > 0fj​>0 and F>∑kakfkF > \sum_k a_k f_kF>∑k​ak​fk​, then

ϕj∗=aj+ajfj∑kakfk⋅F−∑kakfkfj\phi^*_j = a_j + \frac{\sqrt{a_j f_j}}{\sum_k \sqrt{a_k f_k}}\cdot\frac{F - \sum_k a_k f_k}{f_j}ϕj∗​=aj​+∑k​ak​fk​​aj​fj​​​⋅fj​F−∑k​ak​fk​​

is feasible and minimizes NNN over the feasible set, and every other feasible ϕ\phiϕ has N(ϕ)>N(ϕ∗)N(\phi) > N(\phi^*)N(ϕ)>N(ϕ∗).

Milestones toward the goal

  1. The mean of the geometric law (4.1) is aj/(ϕj−aj)a_j/(\phi_j - a_j)aj​/(ϕj​−aj​) (p. 97).
  2. For y>0y > 0y>0 the Lagrangian is minimized over {ϕj>aj}\{\phi_j > a_j\}{ϕj​>aj​} by ϕj=aj+aj/(yfj)\phi_j = a_j + \sqrt{a_j/(y f_j)}ϕj​=aj​+aj​/(yfj​)​ (proof of Theorem 4.1).
  3. The choice 1/y=(F−∑kakfk)/∑kakfk1/\sqrt y = (F - \sum_k a_k f_k)/\sum_k\sqrt{a_k f_k}1/y​=(F−∑k​ak​fk​)/∑k​ak​fk​​ makes that minimizer equal to ϕ∗\phi^*ϕ∗ and feasible for (4.2).

Second result: Theorem 4.2 (pp. 114–115)

The proof's generating-function identity, for zj∈[0,1]z_j \in [0,1]zj​∈[0,1],

E(z1n1(t)⋯zJnJ(t))=∏j=1Jexp⁡[−(1−zj)ναj(t)],E\big(z_1^{n_1(t)}\cdots z_J^{n_J(t)}\big) = \prod_{j=1}^J \exp\big[-(1 - z_j)\nu\alpha_j(t)\big],E(z1n1​(t)​⋯zJnJ​(t)​)=j=1∏J​exp[−(1−zj​)ναj​(t)],

and the theorem itself: n1(t),…,nJ(t)n_1(t), \dots, n_J(t)n1​(t),…,nJ​(t) are independent and nj(t)n_j(t)nj​(t) is Poisson with mean ναj(t)\nu\alpha_j(t)ναj​(t).

Significance

Theorem 4.1 is a closed-form design rule. Every channel first receives the capacity aja_jaj​ needed to carry its traffic; the remaining budget is shared in proportion to ajfj\sqrt{a_j f_j}aj​fj​​, not to the traffic aja_jaj​. Sizing capacity in proportion to the load, which is the obvious rule, is therefore not optimal. The same calculation applies to any network whose stations have the geometric law (4.1), for example a manufacturing job shop (p. 97). The mean number in the network and the mean time a customer spends in it are minimized together.

Theorem 4.2 is the exact transient law of a network of infinite-server queues started empty. It holds however complicated the motion of an individual is, provided individuals move independently, and letting t→∞t \to \inftyt→∞ it recovers the equilibrium Poisson law of §4.5.

Both results are classical and proved in the book. Neither is formalized on Prove2Me. The platform has the geometric equilibrium law of the M/M/1 queue (KellyStochasticNetworks.mm1_equilibrium) but not its mean, and no result on Poisson thinning or marking by independent random locations. The formal work for Theorem 4.1 is a strict-convexity and Lagrangian-sufficiency argument in RJ\mathbb{R}^JRJ. For Theorem 4.2 it is a Poisson marking theorem in measure-theoretic probability. Both pieces are reusable.

Difficulty

For Theorem 4.1, the book's proof sets the partial derivatives of the Lagrangian to zero. A stationary point is not a global minimizer in general, so the formal proof must show that LLL is (strictly) convex on the open region ϕj>aj\phi_j > a_jϕj​>aj​, and it must use Lagrangian sufficiency, not first-order conditions alone. The region is open and the objective is unbounded near its boundary. Feasibility of ϕ∗\phi^*ϕ∗ needs F>∑kakfkF > \sum_k a_k f_kF>∑k​ak​fk​, which the book leaves implicit.

For Theorem 4.2, the steps of the proof that read "conditional on MMM" have to be carried out with measure-theoretic independence. One step averages a product over MMM independent uniform instants. Another sums the Poisson mixture into an exponential. The last turns a factorized generating function into mutual independence of JJJ counts with Poisson marginals. Mathlib has the Poisson distribution (ProbabilityTheory.poissonMeasure) but no marking or thinning theorem, and no uniqueness theorem for multivariate probability generating functions.

Formalization scope

Channels and compartments are indexed by Fin J; all rates, costs and capacities are real numbers.

Theorem 4.1. The statement carries the book's implicit hypotheses explicitly: J≥1J \ge 1J≥1, aj>0a_j > 0aj​>0, fj>0f_j > 0fj​>0, F>∑kakfkF > \sum_k a_k f_kF>∑k​ak​fk​. Stability ϕj>aj\phi_j > a_jϕj​>aj​ is part of the feasible set. The conclusion is global optimality over the feasible set (IsMinOn) together with feasibility of ϕ∗\phi^*ϕ∗, plus strict optimality against every other feasible point. Uniqueness is a slight strengthening of the book's "the optimal allocation is", and it holds by strict convexity. A statement that ϕ∗\phi^*ϕ∗ satisfies (4.2), or that it is a stationary point of the Lagrangian, is not the theorem: those are one-line computations or the proof method, and the goal is stated as global optimality to rule them out.

Theorem 4.2. The model is pinned down as in the proof on p. 115:

  • the number MMM of arrivals in (0,t)(0,t)(0,t) is Poisson with mean νt\nu tνt;
  • an i.i.d. sequence of (arrival instant, location at time ttt) pairs is independent of MMM, and only its first MMM entries are used;
  • each instant is uniform on (0,t)(0,t)(0,t), and an individual arriving at uuu is in compartment jjj at time ttt with probability pj(t−u)p_j(t-u)pj​(t−u), or has left.

"Individuals move independently" is formalized as this conditional independence. The pjp_jpj​ are measurable sub-probabilities, not assumed to sum to one. The conclusion is mutual independence of the JJJ counts (iIndepFun) together with the Poisson probability mass function of each. Infinite time horizons and the point-process description of the system are out of scope.

Useful contributions: a reusable Lagrangian-sufficiency lemma for separable convex objectives under one linear constraint; a Poisson marking (colouring) theorem for finitely many colours; the multivariate generating-function uniqueness lemma for NJ\mathbb{N}^JNJ-valued random vectors.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, John Wiley & Sons, 1979, Chapter 4 (§4.1, pp. 95–97; §4.5, pp. 113–115).
  • L. Kleinrock, Communication Nets: Stochastic Message Flow and Delay, McGraw-Hill, 1964 (reprinted Dover, 1972).
  • J. F. C. Kingman, Poisson Processes, Oxford University Press, 1993 (colouring and marking theorems).
8 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks III: Open Networks of Queues with General Customer Routes Have Product-Form EquilibriumTextbook

Motivation

Networks of queues model systems in which jobs visit a sequence of service stations: items in a manufacturing job-shop, packets in a communication network, patients moving between hospital departments. The open migration process of Chapter 2 of F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979), and the job-shop networks of Jackson (Jackson 1963) route a customer leaving a queue at random, independently of where he has been. That rules out the most common situation in practice: an item that has passed machines 1 and 3 must next go to machine 4, while an item that has passed machines 2 and 3 must go to machine 5.

Section 3.1 of the book removes this restriction. Customers are divided into types, a type fixes a deterministic route through the queues, and a stochastic routing rule is recovered by using one type per possible route. Within each queue, the order of service is described by two position-dependent functions, which cover first-come first-served KKK-server queues, last-come first-served, processor sharing and service in random order. Theorem 3.1 states that, for every such network, the equilibrium distribution is a product of explicit single-queue factors. This is the result behind the "Kelly network" and "Kelly-type queue" terminology of later work (Kelly 1975; Baskett, Chandy, Muntz, Palacios 1975).

Setting

There are III customer types and JJJ queues. Customers of type iii enter the system in a Poisson stream of rate ν(i)>0\nu(i)>0ν(i)>0 and visit the queues r(i,1),r(i,2),…,r(i,S(i))r(i,1),r(i,2),\dots,r(i,S(i))r(i,1),r(i,2),…,r(i,S(i)) in that order before leaving; two successive stages of a route are at different queues.

Queue jjj holds its njn_jnj​ customers in positions 1,…,nj1,\dots,n_j1,…,nj​. Each customer needs an exponentially distributed amount of service with unit mean. The queue supplies total service effort at rate ϕj(nj)\phi_j(n_j)ϕj​(nj​), with ϕj(n)>0\phi_j(n)>0ϕj​(n)>0 for n>0n>0n>0; a proportion γj(l,nj)\gamma_j(l,n_j)γj​(l,nj​) goes to the customer in position lll. An arriving customer takes position lll with probability δj(l,nj+1)\delta_j(l,n_j+1)δj​(l,nj​+1). For each n≥1n\ge1n≥1, γj(⋅,n)\gamma_j(\cdot,n)γj​(⋅,n) and δj(⋅,n)\delta_j(\cdot,n)δj​(⋅,n) are probability vectors on {1,…,n}\{1,\dots,n\}{1,…,n}.

The class of the customer in position lll of queue jjj is cj(l)=(tj(l),sj(l))c_j(l)=(t_j(l),s_j(l))cj​(l)=(tj​(l),sj​(l)), his type and the stage of his route. The state of queue jjj is cj=(cj(1),…,cj(nj))\mathbf c_j=(c_j(1),\dots,c_j(n_j))cj​=(cj​(1),…,cj​(nj​)) and the state of the network is C=(c1,…,cJ)\mathbf C=(\mathbf c_1,\dots,\mathbf c_J)C=(c1​,…,cJ​). Its transition rates q(C,D)q(\mathbf C,\mathbf D)q(C,D), displays (3.1)–(3.6), are the sums of the intensities of all events taking C\mathbf CC to D\mathbf DD: a departure from the system (intensity ϕj(nj)γj(l,nj)\phi_j(n_j)\gamma_j(l,n_j)ϕj​(nj​)γj​(l,nj​)), a move from position lll of queue jjj to position mmm of the next queue kkk (intensity ϕj(nj)γj(l,nj)δk(m,nk+1)\phi_j(n_j)\gamma_j(l,n_j)\delta_k(m,n_k+1)ϕj​(nj​)γj​(l,nj​)δk​(m,nk​+1)), and an arrival into position mmm of the first queue kkk of a route (intensity ν(i)δk(m,nk+1)\nu(i)\delta_k(m,n_k+1)ν(i)δk​(m,nk​+1)).

With αj(i,s)=ν(i)\alpha_j(i,s)=\nu(i)αj​(i,s)=ν(i) if r(i,s)=jr(i,s)=jr(i,s)=j and 000 otherwise, set

aj=∑i,sαj(i,s),bj−1=∑n=0∞ajn∏l=1nϕj(l),πj(cj)=bj∏l=1njαj(tj(l),sj(l))ϕj(l).a_j=\sum_{i,s}\alpha_j(i,s),\qquad b_j^{-1}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{a_j^n}{\prod_{l=1}^{n}\phi_j(l)},\qquad \pi_j(\mathbf c_j)=b_j\prod_{l=1}^{n_j}\frac{\alpha_j(t_j(l),s_j(l))}{\phi_j(l)}.aj​=i,s∑​αj​(i,s),bj−1​=n=0∑∞​∏l=1n​ϕj​(l)ajn​​,πj​(cj​)=bj​l=1∏nj​​ϕj​(l)αj​(tj​(l),sj​(l))​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (p. 61)

If every series defining bj−1b_j^{-1}bj−1​ converges, then

π(C)=∏j=1Jπj(cj)\pi(\mathbf C)=\prod_{j=1}^{J}\pi_j(\mathbf c_j)π(C)=j=1∏J​πj​(cj​)

is positive, sums to 111 over all network states, and satisfies the equilibrium equations

π(C)∑Dq(C,D)=∑Dπ(D) q(D,C)for every C.\pi(\mathbf C)\sum_{\mathbf D}q(\mathbf C,\mathbf D)=\sum_{\mathbf D}\pi(\mathbf D)\,q(\mathbf D,\mathbf C)\quad\text{for every }\mathbf C.π(C)D∑​q(C,D)=D∑​π(D)q(D,C)for every C.

Milestones

  • Theorem 3.2 (p. 62). The time-reversed rates π(D)q(D,C)/π(C)\pi(\mathbf D)q(\mathbf D,\mathbf C)/\pi(\mathbf C)π(D)q(D,C)/π(C) are the rates of the reversed network: routes traversed backwards, γj\gamma_jγj​ and δj\delta_jδj​ interchanged.
  • Corollary 3.4 (p. 63). Queue jjj is independent of the rest of the network, is in state cj\mathbf c_jcj​ with probability πj(cj)\pi_j(\mathbf c_j)πj​(cj​), holds nnn customers with probability bjajn/∏l=1nϕj(l)b_ja_j^n/\prod_{l=1}^n\phi_j(l)bj​ajn​/∏l=1n​ϕj​(l) (3.7), and a customer in position lll is of class (i,s)(i,s)(i,s) with probability αj(i,s)/aj\alpha_j(i,s)/a_jαj​(i,s)/aj​.
  • Corollary 3.5 (p. 63). A type-iii customer reaching queue jjj at stage sss finds it in state cj\mathbf c_jcj​ with probability πj(cj)\pi_j(\mathbf c_j)πj​(cj​).
  • Lemma 3.13 (p. 89). For a multiclass queue with Poisson arrivals of rate ν(c)\nu(c)ν(c) and departure intensities ν(c)ϕc(n)\nu(c)\phi_c(\mathbf n)ν(c)ϕc​(n): reversible ⇔\Leftrightarrow⇔ quasi-reversible ⇔\Leftrightarrow⇔ Φ(n)=ϕc(n)Φ(n−ec)\Phi(\mathbf n)=\phi_c(\mathbf n)\Phi(\mathbf n-\mathbf e_c)Φ(n)=ϕc​(n)Φ(n−ec​) for some positive Φ\PhiΦ (3.26).

Significance

Theorem 3.1 gives the full joint law of a network in which routes carry memory, and its corollaries turn it into usable performance formulas: each queue behaves, in its marginal law and as seen by arriving customers, like an isolated queue fed by a Poisson stream of rate aja_jaj​, even though the actual arrival stream at queue jjj is not Poisson. Mean sojourn times along a route then follow from Little's result. Theorem 3.2 identifies the reversed process as a network of the same kind; it is the source of the departure-stream results (Corollary 3.3) and of the arrival theorem (Corollary 3.5). Lemma 3.13 isolates the condition (3.26) under which state-dependent arrival rates preserve the product form (Theorem 3.14).

The results are classical and proved in the book. None of them has a machine-checked proof: the Prove2Me catalogue holds the rate-level theorems for migration processes (Chapter 2 of Kelly–Yudovina), and open targets for the BCMP and Jackson models, which have different state descriptions. This mission adds a formal model of the position-structured multiclass network itself, with the summation over coinciding transitions that (3.2), (3.4) and (3.6) require, and product-form, reversal and arrival-theorem statements over it.

Difficulty

The obvious first attempt, detailed balance, fails: π(C)q(C,D)\pi(\mathbf C)q(\mathbf C,\mathbf D)π(C)q(C,D) and π(D)q(D,C)\pi(\mathbf D)q(\mathbf D,\mathbf C)π(D)q(D,C) differ in general, because a customer's route cannot be run backwards inside the same network (q(D,C)q(\mathbf D,\mathbf C)q(D,C) is usually 000 when q(C,D)>0q(\mathbf C,\mathbf D)>0q(C,D)>0). The equilibrium equations therefore involve, for each state, all its predecessors at once. The rates are themselves sums over coinciding transitions, so a statement about individual events does not transfer to the rates without accounting for which positions lead to the same successor state. In Lean this brings in insertion into and deletion from position lists, the relabelling of stages, and the normalization of a product over a countable space of JJJ-tuples of lists, reorganized by queue length together with the identity ∑classes at jαj=aj\sum_{\text{classes at } j}\alpha_j=a_j∑classes at j​αj​=aj​.

Formalization scope

  • Finite types and queues. Types are Fin I, queues Fin J; the book allows countably many types with ∑iν(i)<∞\sum_i\nu(i)<\infty∑i​ν(i)<∞. A network state is a function assigning to each queue a list of classes (i,s)(i,s)(i,s) with r(i,s)=jr(i,s)=jr(i,s)=j; the state space is countable and all sums over it are tsum/HasSum.
  • Indexing. Stages and list positions are 000-based in Lean; γj(l,n)\gamma_j(l,n)γj​(l,n) and δj(l,n)\delta_j(l,n)δj​(l,n) keep the book's 111-based position argument.
  • Rate level. Equilibrium means: positive, summing to 111, and satisfying the equilibrium equations (the published KellyStochasticNetworks.FullBalance). The existence of the Markov process, irreducibility and non-explosion are not formalized. "The reversed process" (Theorem 3.2) is read through the reversed rates π(D)q(D,C)/π(C)\pi(\mathbf D)q(\mathbf D,\mathbf C)/\pi(\mathbf C)π(D)q(D,C)/π(C); "the probability he finds" (Corollary 3.5) is read as a ratio of equilibrium arrival fluxes; quasi-reversibility is its rate characterization (3.8), (3.10).
  • Normalizing constants. bjb_jbj​ is defined through a tsum, which Lean sets to 000 for a divergent series; every theorem assumes the series converges, the book's "none of b1,…,bJb_1,\dots,b_Jb1​,…,bJ​ is zero".
  • No trivial instance. The goal holds for arbitrary III, JJJ, ν\nuν, routes, ϕj\phi_jϕj​, γj\gamma_jγj​, δj\delta_jδj​ subject only to the book's constraints; a proof for a single queue, or for fixed γ=δ\gamma=\deltaγ=δ disciplines, does not prove it. In Lemma 3.13 the function Φ\PhiΦ is required to be positive, since Φ≡0\Phi\equiv0Φ≡0 satisfies (3.26) for every queue.

Infrastructure that a complete development needs: list insertion/deletion lemmas for position bookkeeping, sums of products over ∏jList(⋅)\prod_j \mathrm{List}(\cdot)∏j​List(⋅), and a bijection-of-events argument for summed rates. The quasi-reversibility predicate and the reversed-rate apparatus are reusable for the closed networks of §3.4 and the symmetric queues of §3.3. Contributions are welcome on any milestone, in any order.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, John Wiley & Sons, 1979. https://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/kelly_book.html
  • F. P. Kelly, Networks of queues with customers of different types, Journal of Applied Probability 12 (1975), 542–554. https://doi.org/10.2307/3212785
  • F. Baskett, K. M. Chandy, R. R. Muntz, F. G. Palacios, Open, closed, and mixed networks of queues with different classes of customers, Journal of the ACM 22 (1975), 248–260. https://doi.org/10.1145/321879.321887
  • J. R. Jackson, Jobshop-like queueing systems, Management Science 10 (1963), 131–142. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.10.1.131
  • F. P. Kelly, E. Yudovina, Stochastic Networks, Cambridge University Press, 2014. https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781139565363
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Reversibility and Stochastic Networks IV: Symmetric Queues with Gamma-Mixture Service RequirementsTextbook

Why symmetric queues

The classical product-form results for queueing networks (Jackson, Kelly, Baskett–Chandy–Muntz–Palacios) assume exponentially distributed service requirements, because then the state of a queue need not record how much service each customer has received. Real service times are rarely exponential: telephone call lengths, job sizes in time-shared computers and web transfers are far from it. Symmetric queues, introduced in §3.3 of F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks (Wiley, 1979), form the class of single queues for which the stationary distribution of the number of customers, and of their classes, depends on the service requirement distribution only through its mean. This property, insensitivity, is what makes Erlang's loss formula valid for arbitrarily distributed call lengths (Kelly, p. 79), and it is the reason processor-sharing, last-come-first-served preemptive and infinite-server stations may appear with general service in product-form networks.

Timeline. Sevastyanov (1957) proved that Erlang's loss formula holds for arbitrarily distributed call lengths. Kelly (1975, 1976) introduced queues with customers of different types whose effort and arrival-position functions coincide, and showed product form for networks of them with non-exponential service built from exponential stages; Barbour (1976) extended the method of stages; Baskett, Chandy, Muntz and Palacios (1975) gave product form for networks containing processor-sharing, LCFS-preemptive and infinite-server stations with phase-type service. Kelly's 1979 book presents the symmetric queue in the form formalized here.

Setting

A symmetric queue holds customers in positions 1,2,…,n1, 2, \dots, n1,2,…,n, where nnn is the number present. It operates as follows (Kelly, p. 72):

  1. the service requirement of a customer is a random variable whose distribution may depend on the class of the customer;
  2. a total service effort is supplied at rate ϕ(n)\phi(n)ϕ(n), with ϕ(n)>0\phi(n) > 0ϕ(n)>0 for n>0n > 0n>0;
  3. a proportion γ(l,n)\gamma(l, n)γ(l,n) of this effort, ∑l=1nγ(l,n)=1\sum_{l=1}^n \gamma(l, n) = 1∑l=1n​γ(l,n)=1, goes to the customer in position lll; when he leaves, the customers in positions l+1,…,nl+1, \dots, nl+1,…,n move down by one;
  4. an arriving customer moves into position l∈{1,…,n+1}l \in \{1, \dots, n+1\}l∈{1,…,n+1} with probability γ(l,n+1)\gamma(l, n+1)γ(l,n+1) — the same function — and the customers in positions l,…,nl, \dots, nl,…,n move up by one.

Server-sharing (γ(l,n)=1/n\gamma(l, n) = 1/nγ(l,n)=1/n), the stack (γ(n,n)=1\gamma(n, n) = 1γ(n,n)=1, last come first served preemptive), the queue with no waiting room and the infinite-server queue are examples (pp. 73–74).

Customers of class ccc arrive in a Poisson stream of rate ν(c)\nu(c)ν(c). On arrival a class-ccc customer receives a refined class (c,z)(c, z)(c,z) with probability p(c,z)p(c, z)p(c,z), ∑zp(c,z)=1\sum_z p(c, z) = 1∑z​p(c,z)=1, and then needs w(c,z)≥1w(c, z) \ge 1w(c,z)≥1 independent stages of service, each exponentially distributed with mean d(c,z)>0d(c, z) > 0d(c,z)>0. The class-ccc service requirement is therefore a mixture of gamma distributions with mean

a(c)=∑zp(c,z) w(c,z) d(c,z),a(c) = \sum_z p(c, z)\, w(c, z)\, d(c, z),a(c)=z∑​p(c,z)w(c,z)d(c,z),

and the work arriving per unit time is a=∑cν(c)a(c)a = \sum_c \nu(c) a(c)a=∑c​ν(c)a(c). The record of the customer in position lll is c(l)=(c(l),z(l),u(l))\mathbf c(l) = (c(l), z(l), u(l))c(l)=(c(l),z(l),u(l)), u(l)u(l)u(l) the stage in progress, and c=(c(1),…,c(n))\mathbf c = (\mathbf c(1), \dots, \mathbf c(n))c=(c(1),…,c(n)) is a Markov process. Its transitions are: an arrival of class (c,z)(c,z)(c,z) into position lll at stage 111, at rate ν(c)p(c,z)γ(l,n+1)\nu(c)p(c,z)\gamma(l, n+1)ν(c)p(c,z)γ(l,n+1); and, at rate ϕ(n)γ(l,n)/d(c(l),z(l))\phi(n)\gamma(l,n)/d(c(l),z(l))ϕ(n)γ(l,n)/d(c(l),z(l)), completion of the current stage of the customer in position lll, which moves him to the next stage or, after stage w(c(l),z(l))w(c(l), z(l))w(c(l),z(l)), out of the queue. The normalizing constant is

b−1=∑n=0∞an∏l=1nϕ(l).(3.15)b^{-1} = \sum_{n=0}^{\infty} \frac{a^n}{\prod_{l=1}^n \phi(l)}. \tag{3.15}b−1=n=0∑∞​∏l=1n​ϕ(l)an​.(3.15)

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.8

When (3.15) converges, the distribution

π(c)=b∏l=1nν(c(l)) p(c(l),z(l)) d(c(l),z(l))ϕ(l)(3.18)\pi(\mathbf c) = b \prod_{l=1}^n \frac{\nu(c(l))\, p(c(l), z(l))\, d(c(l), z(l))}{\phi(l)} \tag{3.18}π(c)=bl=1∏n​ϕ(l)ν(c(l))p(c(l),z(l))d(c(l),z(l))​(3.18)

is the equilibrium distribution of c\mathbf cc, and under it

P(n customers)=b an∏l=1nϕ(l),P(classes c1,…,cn∣n)=∏l=1nν(cl) a(cl)a,\mathbb P(n \text{ customers}) = \frac{b\,a^n}{\prod_{l=1}^n \phi(l)}, \qquad \mathbb P(\text{classes } c_1, \dots, c_n \mid n) = \prod_{l=1}^n \frac{\nu(c_l)\, a(c_l)}{a},P(n customers)=∏l=1n​ϕ(l)ban​,P(classes c1​,…,cn​∣n)=l=1∏n​aν(cl​)a(cl​)​,

and the queue is quasi-reversible with respect to the classification ccc and to (c,z)(c, z)(c,z): from every state, the rate of arrivals of each class does not depend on the state, both for the process and its time reversal (relations (3.8) and (3.10) of p. 67).

Milestones

  • Eqs. (3.14)–(3.15): the case of one refinement per class, π(c)=b∏lν(c(l))d(c(l))/ϕ(l)\pi(\mathbf c) = b\prod_l \nu(c(l))d(c(l))/\phi(l)π(c)=b∏l​ν(c(l))d(c(l))/ϕ(l) with a=∑cν(c)d(c)w(c)a = \sum_c \nu(c)d(c)w(c)a=∑c​ν(c)d(c)w(c).
  • Eqs. (3.16)–(3.17): in that case, the law of nnn, and given nnn independent positions of class ccc with probability ν(c)d(c)w(c)/a\nu(c)d(c)w(c)/aν(c)d(c)w(c)/a and uniform stage.
  • Eq. (3.18): the equilibrium distribution under gamma-mixture service.
  • Lemma 3.9: mixtures of gamma distributions approximate, at continuity points, the distribution function of any positive random variable.

Significance

Theorem 3.8 gives the stationary law of a symmetric queue in closed form and shows that it depends on the service requirement distributions only through their means a(c)a(c)a(c). Quasi-reversibility (part (iii)) is the property that lets symmetric queues be placed in networks: Kelly's §3.2 shows that a network of quasi-reversible queues has a product-form equilibrium, so Theorem 3.8 is the single-queue input to product-form networks with processor-sharing, LCFS-preemptive and infinite-server stations and class-dependent, non-exponential service. Lemma 3.9 is the approximation step behind the extension to arbitrary service distributions (Theorem 3.10).

These results are classical and proved in the book. To our knowledge none of them is machine-checked; Mathlib has the gamma distribution and distribution functions but no queueing theory. The mission produces a formal model of the symmetric queue as a countable-state Markov process, its equilibrium distribution, the insensitive marginals and the rate characterization of quasi-reversibility, all reusable by the chapter on networks of quasi-reversible queues.

Difficulty

The obvious first attempt, detailed balance, fails: the stage process is not reversible in general, since an intermediate stage completion has no transition back. The equilibrium equations must be verified in full, over a countable state space in which a single state is reached from infinitely many others. The symmetry condition γ≡δ\gamma \equiv \deltaγ≡δ is essential and must enter the argument: without it (for first-come-first-served, say) the distribution (3.18) is false for non-exponential service. Positions shift on every arrival and departure, so the bookkeeping of which list results from which event, including coincidences when neighbouring customers have identical records, is the main formal burden. The marginal computations sum (3.18) over lists of records, where convergence must be tracked, and Lemma 3.9 needs an explicit construction of approximating gamma mixtures.

Formalization scope

  • The state is a List of customer records (class, refined class, stage); list index iii is position l=i+1l = i + 1l=i+1, and γ(l,n)\gamma(l, n)γ(l,n), ϕ(n)\phi(n)ϕ(n) keep the book's 111-based indexing. The state space consists of the lists whose records have ν(c)p(c,z)>0\nu(c)p(c,z) > 0ν(c)p(c,z)>0 and 1≤u≤w(c,z)1 \le u \le w(c, z)1≤u≤w(c,z): records of a refined class arriving at rate zero are unreachable and excluded.
  • Classes C\mathcal CC and refinements Z\mathcal ZZ are arbitrary countable types. All infinite sums are HasSum or tsum with explicit convergence hypotheses: ∑cν(c)<∞\sum_c \nu(c) < \infty∑c​ν(c)<∞ (finite exit rates, the book's standing assumption of §1.1), convergence of a(c)a(c)a(c), of aaa, and of (3.15). "Equilibrium distribution" means positive, summing to one, and satisfying the equilibrium equations with convergent series.
  • The statement is rate level: (3.18) is shown to satisfy the equilibrium equations of the stage process, and quasi-reversibility is its rate characterization (3.8), (3.10). That these describe the stationary process and its time reversal is the book's Chapter 1 and is not reformalized.
  • Trivializing readings ruled out: the goal keeps ppp, www and ddd general (not w≡1w \equiv 1w≡1, which would make the result Section 3.1's exponential case); the arrival position uses the same γ\gammaγ as the service split; and in Lemma 3.9 the approximants must be genuine gamma mixtures with integer shapes, which a point mass is not.
  • Not planned: Theorem 3.10 (arbitrary service distributions; only an outline of proof and a continuous state space the book does not construct) and Theorem 3.11 (reversibility of the number in queue, a non-Markov process).

Welcome contributions: proofs of the milestones, lemmas about List.insertIdx/List.eraseIdx bookkeeping for queues with positions, and summation over lists of records.

Selected references

  • F. P. Kelly, Reversibility and Stochastic Networks, Wiley, Chichester, 1979, §3.3, pp. 72–82. https://www.statslab.cam.ac.uk/~frank/BOOKS/kelly_book.html
  • F. P. Kelly, Networks of queues with customers of different types, Journal of Applied Probability 12 (1975), 542–554. https://www.jstor.org/journal/japplprob
  • F. P. Kelly, Networks of queues, Advances in Applied Probability 8 (1976), 416–432. https://www.jstor.org/journal/advaapplprob
  • A. D. Barbour, Networks of queues and the method of stages, Advances in Applied Probability 8 (1976), 584–591. https://www.jstor.org/journal/advaapplprob
  • B. A. Sevastyanov, An ergodic theorem for Markov processes and its application to telephone systems with refusals, Theory of Probability and its Applications 2 (1957), 104–112.
  • F. Baskett, K. M. Chandy, R. R. Muntz, F. G. Palacios, Open, closed, and mixed networks of queues with different classes of customers, Journal of the ACM 22 (1975), 248–260. https://doi.org/10.1145/321879.321887
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 4: Subgaussian Martingale Noise with Σ exp(−c/γ_n) < ∞ for Every c > 0 Satisfies Assumption A1 Almost SurelyResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm is a recursion

xn+1−xn=γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}-x_n=\gamma_{n+1}\big(F(x_n)+U_{n+1}\big)xn+1​−xn​=γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​)

in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, where FFF is a vector field, γn\gamma_nγn​ are small step sizes and Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​ is noise. Such recursions go back to Robbins and Monro's root-finding scheme (Robbins–Monro 1951) and underlie stochastic gradient descent, temporal-difference learning, adaptive control and learning in games. The ODE method studies them by comparing the iterates with the trajectories of x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x).

Benaïm's lecture notes (Benaïm 1999) organize the ODE method in two steps. A deterministic step, Proposition 4.1, shows that whenever the noise satisfies a condition called A1 (together with a boundedness condition on the iterates), the interpolated process is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF. A probabilistic step then verifies A1 for concrete noise models. Proposition 4.2 does this for martingale difference noise with bounded qqq-th moments, at the price of step sizes with ∑nγn1+q/2<∞\sum_n\gamma_n^{1+q/2}<\infty∑n​γn1+q/2​<∞. This mission formalizes the second verification, Proposition 4.4: when the noise is subgaussian, A1 holds almost surely under the much weaker requirement that ∑ne−c/γn<∞\sum_ne^{-c/\gamma_n}<\infty∑n​e−c/γn​<∞ for every c>0c>0c>0, which allows step sizes decaying only slightly faster than 1/log⁡n1/\log n1/logn. The notes attribute the result to Duflo (1997), see also Kushner and Yin (1997) and Benaïm and Hirsch (1996).

Setting

Let {γn}n≥1\{\gamma_n\}_{n\ge1}{γn​}n≥1​ be a deterministic sequence with γn≥0\gamma_n\ge0γn​≥0, ∑nγn=∞\sum_n\gamma_n=\infty∑n​γn​=∞ and γn→0\gamma_n\to0γn​→0 (a step sequence). Put τ0=0\tau_0=0τ0​=0, τn=∑i=1nγi\tau_n=\sum_{i=1}^n\gamma_iτn​=∑i=1n​γi​, and let

m(t)=sup⁡{k≥0: t≥τk}m(t)=\sup\{k\ge0:\ t\ge\tau_k\}m(t)=sup{k≥0: t≥τk​}

be the index of the step that contains time t≥0t\ge0t≥0. For a sequence {Un}n≥1\{U_n\}_{n\ge1}{Un​}n≥1​ define the piecewise constant processes Uˉ(t)=Um(t)+1\bar U(t)=U_{m(t)+1}Uˉ(t)=Um(t)+1​ and γˉ(t)=γm(t)+1\bar\gamma(t)=\gamma_{m(t)+1}γˉ​(t)=γm(t)+1​, so that step n+1n+1n+1 occupies the time interval [τn,τn+1)[\tau_n,\tau_{n+1})[τn​,τn+1​) of length γn+1\gamma_{n+1}γn+1​.

Assumption A1 asks that for every T>0T>0T>0

lim⁡n→∞sup⁡{∥∑i=nk−1γi+1Ui+1∥: k=n+1,…,m(τn+T)}=0,\lim_{n\to\infty}\sup\Big\{\Big\|\sum_{i=n}^{k-1}\gamma_{i+1}U_{i+1}\Big\|:\ k=n+1,\dots,m(\tau_n+T)\Big\}=0,n→∞lim​sup{​i=n∑k−1​γi+1​Ui+1​​: k=n+1,…,m(τn​+T)}=0,

or, in the form the notes call equivalent, lim⁡t→∞Δ(t,T)=0\lim_{t\to\infty}\Delta(t,T)=0limt→∞​Δ(t,T)=0 for every T>0T>0T>0, where

Δ(t,T)=sup⁡0≤h≤T∥∫tt+hUˉ(s) ds∥.\Delta(t,T)=\sup_{0\le h\le T}\Big\|\int_t^{t+h}\bar U(s)\,ds\Big\|.Δ(t,T)=0≤h≤Tsup​​∫tt+h​Uˉ(s)ds​.

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space with a nondecreasing sequence {Fn}\{\mathcal F_n\}{Fn​} of sub-σ\sigmaσ-algebras, and F:Rd→RdF:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^dF:Rd→Rd continuous. A sequence {xn}\{x_n\}{xn​} given by the recursion above is a Robbins–Monro algorithm if γ\gammaγ is deterministic, UnU_nUn​ is Fn\mathcal F_nFn​-measurable, and E(Un+1∣Fn)=0E(U_{n+1}\mid\mathcal F_n)=0E(Un+1​∣Fn​)=0. The noise is subgaussian if there is a number Γ>0\Gamma>0Γ>0 such that for all nnn and all θ∈Rd\theta\in\mathbb R^dθ∈Rd

E(exp⁡⟨θ,Un+1⟩ ∣ Fn)≤exp⁡(Γ2∥θ∥2).E\big(\exp\langle\theta,U_{n+1}\rangle\,\big|\,\mathcal F_n\big)\le\exp\Big(\frac\Gamma2\|\theta\|^2\Big).E(exp⟨θ,Un+1​⟩​Fn​)≤exp(2Γ​∥θ∥2).

Bounded noise, ∥Un∥≤Γ\|U_n\|\le\sqrt\Gamma∥Un​∥≤Γ​, is an example.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.4

For a Robbins–Monro algorithm with subgaussian noise and a deterministic step sequence such that

∑ne−c/γn<∞for each c>0,\sum_ne^{-c/\gamma_n}<\infty\qquad\text{for each }c>0,n∑​e−c/γn​<∞for each c>0,

with probability one the realised noise sequence satisfies A1, in both of its forms, simultaneously for all T>0T>0T>0.

Milestones

  1. The exponential supermartingale. For every θ∈Rd\theta\in\mathbb R^dθ∈Rd,
Zn(θ)=exp⁡[∑i=1n⟨θ,γiUi⟩−Γ2∑i=1nγi2∥θ∥2]Z_n(\theta)=\exp\Big[\sum_{i=1}^n\langle\theta,\gamma_iU_i\rangle-\frac\Gamma2\sum_{i=1}^n\gamma_i^2\|\theta\|^2\Big]Zn​(θ)=exp[i=1∑n​⟨θ,γi​Ui​⟩−2Γ​i=1∑n​γi2​∥θ∥2]

is a supermartingale. 2. Directional maximal tail bound. For every unit vector eee, α>0\alpha>0α>0, nnn and T>0T>0T>0,

P(sup⁡n<k≤m(τn+T)⟨e,∑i=nk−1γi+1Ui+1⟩≥α)≤exp⁡(−α22Γ∑i=nm(τn+T)−1γi+12).P\Big(\sup_{n<k\le m(\tau_n+T)}\Big\langle e,\sum_{i=n}^{k-1}\gamma_{i+1}U_{i+1}\Big\rangle\ge\alpha\Big)\le\exp\Big(\frac{-\alpha^2}{2\Gamma\sum_{i=n}^{m(\tau_n+T)-1}\gamma_{i+1}^2}\Big).P(n<k≤m(τn​+T)sup​⟨e,i=n∑k−1​γi+1​Ui+1​⟩≥α)≤exp(2Γ∑i=nm(τn​+T)−1​γi+12​−α2​).
  1. Eq. (18). There are C,C′>0C,C'>0C,C′>0 depending only on ddd and Γ\GammaΓ with
P(Δ(t,T)≥α)≤Cexp⁡(−α2C′∫tt+Tγˉ(s) ds)(t≥0, T>0, α>0).P(\Delta(t,T)\ge\alpha)\le C\exp\Big(\frac{-\alpha^2}{C'\int_t^{t+T}\bar\gamma(s)\,ds}\Big)\qquad(t\ge0,\ T>0,\ \alpha>0).P(Δ(t,T)≥α)≤Cexp(C′∫tt+T​γˉ​(s)ds−α2​)(t≥0, T>0, α>0).
  1. Block comparison. Δ(t,T)≤2Δ(kT,T)+Δ((k+1)T,T)\Delta(t,T)\le2\Delta(kT,T)+\Delta((k+1)T,T)Δ(t,T)≤2Δ(kT,T)+Δ((k+1)T,T) for kT≤t<(k+1)TkT\le t<(k+1)TkT≤t<(k+1)T.

Significance

Proposition 4.4 is the sufficient condition for the ODE method when the noise has Gaussian-type tails. Its step-size condition holds whenever γnlog⁡n→0\gamma_n\log n\to0γn​logn→0, so it admits steps that decrease far more slowly than the ∑γn2<∞\sum\gamma_n^2<\infty∑γn2​<∞ of the classical L2L^2L2 theory; slowly decreasing steps are what practitioners use to keep algorithms responsive. Combined with Proposition 4.1 it shows that the interpolated process of such an algorithm, with bounded iterates, is almost surely an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF, and the limit set theorems of the notes then locate the limit points of the algorithm.

The result is proved in the notes and in the cited literature; it has not, to our knowledge, been machine-checked. A formal proof would add reusable pieces: an exponential supermartingale and maximal inequality for vector-valued martingale differences with a conditional subgaussian bound (Mathlib's conditional subgaussian notion is scalar), a Borel–Cantelli argument along the grid kTkTkT, and the continuous-time bookkeeping of Uˉ\bar UUˉ, γˉ\bar\gammaγˉ​ and Δ\DeltaΔ shared with the other missions of this series.

Difficulty

The moment method of Proposition 4.2 does not reach this regime: any fixed polynomial moment of the window sums decays only polynomially in the window's step sizes, and under ∑e−c/γn<∞\sum e^{-c/\gamma_n}<\infty∑e−c/γn​<∞ alone polynomial bounds are not summable over windows. Exponential tail bounds are needed, and they must be maximal (uniform over the window) and must hold for the norm of a vector, not only for a scalar. The continuous-time deviation Δ(t,T)\Delta(t,T)Δ(t,T) involves partial steps at both ends of [t,t+h][t,t+h][t,t+h], so the bound must be stated in terms of ∫tt+Tγˉ\int_t^{t+T}\bar\gamma∫tt+T​γˉ​ rather than a sum over whole steps, with constants that do not depend on ttt, TTT or α\alphaα. Finally, A1 quantifies over all T>0T>0T>0: the almost-sure statement must hold on a single event of full probability for every TTT.

Formalization scope

The space is Rd\mathbb R^dRd as EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d) (the paper writes Rm\mathbb R^mRm); time is real. The sequences γ\gammaγ and UUU are indexed by N\mathbb NN, and their values at 000 are unused, as the paper indexes them from 111. The filtration is a Mathlib Filtration ℕ; Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​ is Fn+1\mathcal F_{n+1}Fn+1​-strongly measurable and integrable, and E(Un+1∣Fn)=0E(U_{n+1}\mid\mathcal F_n)=0E(Un+1​∣Fn​)=0 almost surely. The subgaussian condition requires exp⁡⟨θ,Un+1⟩\exp\langle\theta,U_{n+1}\rangleexp⟨θ,Un+1​⟩ to be integrable for every θ\thetaθ and nnn. The summand e−c/γne^{-c/\gamma_n}e−c/γn​ is taken to be 000 when γn=0\gamma_n=0γn​=0, its limiting value. The suprema in A1 and Δ\DeltaΔ are taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞]; the supremum over an empty range of kkk is 000. In Eq. (18) the constants are chosen before the probability space, the algorithm and t,T,αt,T,\alphat,T,α.

The following readings are excluded and are not acceptable formalizations: a subgaussian condition that holds vacuously because the exponential is not integrable (Lean's conditional expectation of a non-integrable function is 000); a summability condition made trivial or false by the convention c/0=0c/0=0c/0=0; and the conclusion "for each TTT, A1 holds almost surely" in place of "almost surely, A1 holds for all TTT". The second sentence of Proposition 4.4 (the asymptotic pseudotrajectory conclusion) is outside this mission.

All hypotheses are satisfiable: U=0U=0U=0, x=0x=0x=0, F=0F=0F=0, Γ=1\Gamma=1Γ=1 and γn=1/n\gamma_n=1/nγn​=1/n satisfy every one of them.

Contributions welcome: a maximal inequality for nonnegative supermartingales in the form needed here, vector subgaussian tail bounds for martingale transforms with deterministic weights (reusable well beyond this mission), lemmas on the step processes and Δ\DeltaΔ (measurability, local integrability, additivity), and the proofs of the milestones.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Duflo, Random Iterative Models, Applications of Mathematics 34, Springer, 1997.
  • H. J. Kushner and G. G. Yin, Stochastic Approximation Algorithms and Applications, Springer, 1997.
  • M. Benaïm and M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, Journal of Dynamics and Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218617
  • H. Robbins and S. Monro, A stochastic approximation method, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 22 (1951), 400–407. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 6: An Attractor Whose Basin Meets the Attainable Set Contains the Limit Set with Positive ProbabilityResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm is a recursion xn+1=xn+γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}=x_n+\gamma_{n+1}\big(F(x_n)+U_{n+1}\big)xn+1​=xn​+γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​) with decreasing step sizes γn\gamma_nγn​ and a noise term Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​. Recursions of this form appear in stochastic gradient methods, adaptive control, learning in games (fictitious play, reinforcement learning) and urn models. The ODE method compares the iterates with the solutions of x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x). In Benaïm's lecture notes (Benaïm 1999), the comparison is phrased through the continuous-time interpolated process XXX. Under standard noise conditions, XXX is almost surely an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF, and its limit set is almost surely internally chain transitive.

That theorem constrains where the process may end up. It does not say which of several candidate sets the process actually reaches. When the ODE has several attractors, for example several stable equilibria of a learning dynamic or several stable compositions of an urn, an application needs to know that each attractor is reached with positive probability. Section 7 of the notes answers this question. The answer is a criterion of attainability: if the process can, with positive probability and at arbitrarily late times, enter the basin of an attractor, then it converges to that attractor with positive probability.

Timeline.

  • Kushner and Clark (1978) proved convergence statements for processes that visit a compact subset of the domain of attraction of an asymptotically stable equilibrium infinitely often.
  • Arthur, Ermoliev and Kaniovski (1983) and Pemantle (1990) studied urn processes whose limit points depend on the trajectory.
  • Benaïm (1997) and Duflo (1997, Random Iterative Models) developed the attainability argument for general stochastic approximation processes.
  • Benaïm (1999) states it for arbitrary attractors of a semiflow on a locally compact metric space, under a single conditional shadowing condition (24).

Setting

Let (M,d)(M,d)(M,d) be a metric space and let Φ=(Φt)t≥0\Phi=(\Phi_t)_{t\ge0}Φ=(Φt​)t≥0​ be a semiflow on MMM: a continuous map (t,x)↦Φt(x)(t,x)\mapsto\Phi_t(x)(t,x)↦Φt​(x) with Φ0=Id\Phi_0=\mathrm{Id}Φ0​=Id and Φt+s=Φt∘Φs\Phi_{t+s}=\Phi_t\circ\Phi_sΦt+s​=Φt​∘Φs​.

  • A set AAA is invariant if Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0, and positively invariant if Φt(A)⊂A\Phi_t(A)\subset AΦt​(A)⊂A.
  • An attractor is a nonempty compact invariant set AAA with a neighbourhood WWW on which dist⁡(Φtx,A)→0\operatorname{dist}(\Phi_tx,A)\to0dist(Φt​x,A)→0 uniformly. Its basin B(A)B(A)B(A) is the set of points xxx with dist⁡(Φtx,A)→0\operatorname{dist}(\Phi_tx,A)\to0dist(Φt​x,A)→0.
  • A continuous curve X:R+→MX:\mathbb R_+\to MX:R+​→M is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory if sup⁡0≤h≤Td(X(t+h),Φh(X(t)))→0\sup_{0\le h\le T}d(X(t+h),\Phi_h(X(t)))\to0sup0≤h≤T​d(X(t+h),Φh​(X(t)))→0 as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞, for every T>0T>0T>0.
  • The limit set of XXX is L(X)=⋂t≥0X([t,∞))‾L(X)=\bigcap_{t\ge0}\overline{X([t,\infty))}L(X)=⋂t≥0​X([t,∞))​.
  • For T>0T>0T>0, dX(T)=sup⁡k∈Nd(ΦT(X(kT)),X(kT+T))d_X(T)=\sup_{k\in\mathbb N}d(\Phi_T(X(kT)),X(kT+T))dX​(T)=supk∈N​d(ΦT​(X(kT)),X(kT+T)).

Now let X=(X(t))t≥0X=(X(t))_{t\ge0}X=(X(t))t≥0​ be a process on a probability space (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) with continuous paths in MMM, adapted to a filtration (Ft)t≥0(\mathcal F_t)_{t\ge0}(Ft​)t≥0​. The standing assumption of Section 7 is that for all δ>0\delta>0δ>0, T>0T>0T>0 and t≥0t\ge0t≥0,

P(sup⁡s≥t sup⁡0≤h≤Td(X(s+h),Φh(X(s)))≥δ ∣ Ft)≤w(t,δ,T)(24)P\Big(\sup_{s\ge t}\ \sup_{0\le h\le T}d\big(X(s+h),\Phi_h(X(s))\big)\ge\delta\ \Big|\ \mathcal F_t\Big)\le w(t,\delta,T)\tag{24}P(s≥tsup​ 0≤h≤Tsup​d(X(s+h),Φh​(X(s)))≥δ ​ Ft​)≤w(t,δ,T)(24)

for a function w≥0w\ge0w≥0 with w(t,δ,T)↓0w(t,\delta,T)\downarrow0w(t,δ,T)↓0 as t→∞t\to\inftyt→∞.

A point ppp is attainable if P(∃s≥t:X(s)∈U)>0P(\exists s\ge t: X(s)\in U)>0P(∃s≥t:X(s)∈U)>0 for every t>0t>0t>0 and every open neighbourhood UUU of ppp. Att(X)\mathrm{Att}(X)Att(X) is the set of attainable points.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 7.3, first statement

If MMM is locally compact, AAA is an attractor of Φ\PhiΦ, and Att(X)∩B(A)≠∅\mathrm{Att}(X)\cap B(A)\neq\emptysetAtt(X)∩B(A)=∅, then

P(L(X)⊂A)>0.P\big(L(X)\subset A\big)>0 .P(L(X)⊂A)>0.

This statement contains no constants and no rates, so it does not depend on how (24) is quantified for a particular algorithm.

Theorem 7.3, second statement

If UUU is open and relatively compact with U‾⊂B(A)\overline U\subset B(A)U⊂B(A), there are T,δ>0T,\delta>0T,δ>0, depending only on UUU (and on Φ\PhiΦ, AAA), such that for every process satisfying the standing assumption and every t≥0t\ge0t≥0

P(L(X)⊂A)≥(1−w(t,δ,T)) P(∃s≥t: X(s)∈U).P\big(L(X)\subset A\big)\ge\big(1-w(t,\delta,T)\big)\,P\big(\exists s\ge t:\ X(s)\in U\big).P(L(X)⊂A)≥(1−w(t,δ,T))P(∃s≥t: X(s)∈U).

Milestones

  • Lemma 6.8. For a nonempty compact K⊂B(A)K\subset B(A)K⊂B(A) there are T,δ>0T,\delta>0T,δ>0 such that every asymptotic pseudotrajectory with X(0)∈KX(0)\in KX(0)∈K and dX(T)<δd_X(T)<\deltadX​(T)<δ has L(X)⊂AL(X)\subset AL(X)⊂A.
  • Lemma 7.1, in three parts:
    • Att(X)\mathrm{Att}(X)Att(X) is closed;
    • it is positively invariant;
    • it contains L(X)L(X)L(X) almost surely.

Significance

The result. Theorem 7.3 turns a question about the long-run limit of a random process into a question about where the process can go. Attainability is usually checked by a controllability argument: the noise can push the iterates in every direction. For urn processes with an urn function mapping the simplex into its interior, every point is attainable (Example 7.2 of the notes). Then every attractor of the mean ODE is reached with positive probability. Combined with nonconvergence results for unstable sets (Section 9 of the notes), this characterizes the possible limits of many learning and urn processes. Theorem 7.3 is the positive half of that picture.

Formalizing it. The theorem has a published proof (p. 32 of the notes) and no machine-checked version. A formal proof needs the following:

  • a precise reading of the conditional shadowing condition (24) as a conditional expectation of an indicator;
  • the stopping-time decomposition of the event {∃s≥t:X(s)∈U}\{\exists s\ge t: X(s)\in U\}{∃s≥t:X(s)∈U} over dyadic times;
  • the deterministic Lemma 6.8, which rests on the limit set theorem for precompact asymptotic pseudotrajectories (Theorem 5.7 of the notes, the subject of mission 1 of this series).

Difficulty

The obvious argument says: once XXX enters a compact part of the basin, the flow carries it into AAA. That fails because XXX is not a trajectory of the flow. Each window of length TTT adds an error, and errors over infinitely many windows can push the process out of the basin.

Two things are needed instead:

  • A uniform version of the deterministic statement, with TTT and δ\deltaδ fixed in advance from the compact set alone. This is Lemma 6.8, which needs local compactness of MMM and the structure of limit sets of asymptotic pseudotrajectories.
  • A probabilistic step that applies (24) at the random time when XXX first enters UUU. That time is not a stopping time on a continuum, and conditioning at it needs care.

A naive union bound over all times is useless: it does not use the conditional form of (24).

Formalization scope

  • The semiflow is Mathlib's Flow ℝ≥0 M on a metric space; local compactness is LocallyCompactSpace M.
  • The process is X : ℝ≥0 → Ω → M with continuous paths. The paper's alternative of càdlàg paths is not covered.
  • Adaptedness is Borel measurability of X(t)X(t)X(t) with respect to Ft\mathcal F_tFt​, for a Mathlib Filtration ℝ≥0. PPP is a probability measure.
  • The suprema in (24) and in dX(T)d_X(T)dX​(T) are computed in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞] with the extended distance, so that "sup ≥δ\ge\delta≥δ" and "sup <δ<\delta<δ" are exact even when the supremum is infinite or not attained.
  • The conditional probability in (24) is the conditional expectation of the indicator of the event. The event is required to be measurable, so the condition cannot hold vacuously through a junk conditional expectation.
  • www is required to be both nonincreasing in ttt and convergent to 000.
  • The events {L(X)⊂A}\{L(X)\subset A\}{L(X)⊂A} and {∃s≥t:X(s)∈U}\{\exists s\ge t: X(s)\in U\}{∃s≥t:X(s)∈U} are measured with PPP as an outer measure, so no measurability hypothesis is added for them.
  • In the second statement of Theorem 7.3, TTT and δ\deltaδ are chosen before the probability space, the process, www and ttt.
  • Invariance in the definition of an attractor is the equality Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A, not inclusion.
  • The almost-sure clause of Lemma 7.1 is stated for separable MMM. Without separability it cannot be proved in ordinary set theory.

These choices rule out the trivializing formalizations: a conditional-probability hypothesis that holds vacuously, invariance read as inclusion, constants T,δT,\deltaT,δ that depend on the process or on ttt, and a probability bound www without monotonicity.

A complete development needs:

  • limit sets of asymptotic pseudotrajectories and the fact that an internally chain transitive set meeting the basin of an attractor lies in the attractor (shared with missions 1 and 5 of this series);
  • measurability of path functionals of continuous processes;
  • conditioning on events of the form {τ=tn(k)}\{\tau=t_n(k)\}{τ=tn​(k)} at dyadic times.

The first and second are reusable well beyond this mission. Contributions toward either, and alternative proofs of Lemma 6.8, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of stochastic approximation algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm, M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, Journal of Dynamics and Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218617
  • M. Benaïm, Vertex-reinforced random walks and a conjecture of Pemantle, Annals of Probability 25 (1997), 361–392. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1024404292
  • M. Duflo, Random Iterative Models, Applications of Mathematics 34, Springer, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-662-12880-0
  • H. J. Kushner, D. S. Clark, Stochastic Approximation Methods for Constrained and Unconstrained Systems, Springer, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-1-4684-9352-8
  • C. Conley, Isolated Invariant Sets and the Morse Index, CBMS Regional Conference Series in Mathematics 38, AMS, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1090/cbms/038
11 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 3: Martingale Noise with Bounded q-th Moments and Summable γ_n^(1+q/2) Satisfies Assumption A1 Almost SurelyResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm is a recursion

xn+1−xn=γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}-x_n=\gamma_{n+1}\big(F(x_n)+U_{n+1}\big)xn+1​−xn​=γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​)

in Rd\mathbb R^dRd, where FFF is a vector field, γn\gamma_nγn​ are small step sizes and Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​ is noise. Such recursions go back to Robbins and Monro's root-finding scheme (Robbins–Monro 1951) and underlie stochastic gradient descent, temporal-difference learning, adaptive control and learning in games. The ODE method studies them by comparing the iterates with the trajectories of x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x).

Benaïm's lecture notes (Benaïm 1999) organize the ODE method in two steps. A deterministic step, Proposition 4.1, shows that whenever the noise satisfies a condition called A1 (and the iterates are bounded, or FFF is Lipschitz and bounded on a neighbourhood of them), the interpolated process is an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF. A probabilistic step then verifies A1 for concrete noise models. This mission formalizes the first such verification, Proposition 4.2: martingale difference noise with bounded qqq-th moments and step sizes with ∑nγn1+q/2<∞\sum_n\gamma_n^{1+q/2}<\infty∑n​γn1+q/2​<∞. The result is described as a particular case of a general theorem of Métivier and Priouret (1987); the same estimates reappear later in the notes.

Setting

Let {γn}n≥1\{\gamma_n\}_{n\ge1}{γn​}n≥1​ be a deterministic sequence with γn≥0\gamma_n\ge0γn​≥0, ∑nγn=∞\sum_n\gamma_n=\infty∑n​γn​=∞ and γn→0\gamma_n\to0γn​→0 (a step sequence). Put τ0=0\tau_0=0τ0​=0, τn=∑i=1nγi\tau_n=\sum_{i=1}^n\gamma_iτn​=∑i=1n​γi​, and let

m(t)=sup⁡{k≥0: t≥τk}m(t)=\sup\{k\ge0:\ t\ge\tau_k\}m(t)=sup{k≥0: t≥τk​}

be the index of the step that contains time t≥0t\ge0t≥0. For a sequence {Un}n≥1\{U_n\}_{n\ge1}{Un​}n≥1​ define the piecewise constant processes Uˉ(t)=Um(t)+1\bar U(t)=U_{m(t)+1}Uˉ(t)=Um(t)+1​ and γˉ(t)=γm(t)+1\bar\gamma(t)=\gamma_{m(t)+1}γˉ​(t)=γm(t)+1​, so that step n+1n+1n+1 occupies the time interval [τn,τn+1)[\tau_n,\tau_{n+1})[τn​,τn+1​) of length γn+1\gamma_{n+1}γn+1​.

Assumption A1 asks that for every T>0T>0T>0

lim⁡n→∞sup⁡{∥∑i=nk−1γi+1Ui+1∥: k=n+1,…,m(τn+T)}=0,\lim_{n\to\infty}\sup\Big\{\Big\|\sum_{i=n}^{k-1}\gamma_{i+1}U_{i+1}\Big\|:\ k=n+1,\dots,m(\tau_n+T)\Big\}=0,n→∞lim​sup{​i=n∑k−1​γi+1​Ui+1​​: k=n+1,…,m(τn​+T)}=0,

or, in the form the notes call equivalent, lim⁡t→∞Δ(t,T)=0\lim_{t\to\infty}\Delta(t,T)=0limt→∞​Δ(t,T)=0 for every T>0T>0T>0, where

Δ(t,T)=sup⁡0≤h≤T∥∫tt+hUˉ(s) ds∥.\Delta(t,T)=\sup_{0\le h\le T}\Big\|\int_t^{t+h}\bar U(s)\,ds\Big\|.Δ(t,T)=0≤h≤Tsup​​∫tt+h​Uˉ(s)ds​.

Let (Ω,F,P)(\Omega,\mathcal F,P)(Ω,F,P) be a probability space with a nondecreasing sequence {Fn}\{\mathcal F_n\}{Fn​} of sub-σ\sigmaσ-algebras, and F:Rd→RdF:\mathbb R^d\to\mathbb R^dF:Rd→Rd continuous. A sequence {xn}\{x_n\}{xn​} given by the recursion above is a Robbins–Monro algorithm if γ\gammaγ is deterministic, UnU_nUn​ is Fn\mathcal F_nFn​-measurable, and E(Un+1∣Fn)=0E(U_{n+1}\mid\mathcal F_n)=0E(Un+1​∣Fn​)=0.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 4.2

For a Robbins–Monro algorithm and some real q≥2q\ge2q≥2, if

sup⁡nE(∥Un+1∥q)<∞and∑nγn1+q/2<∞,\sup_nE\big(\|U_{n+1}\|^q\big)<\infty\qquad\text{and}\qquad\sum_n\gamma_n^{1+q/2}<\infty,nsup​E(∥Un+1​∥q)<∞andn∑​γn1+q/2​<∞,

then with probability one the realised noise sequence satisfies A1, in both of its forms, simultaneously for all T>0T>0T>0.

Milestones

  1. Eq. (13), an instance of Burkholder's inequality with a universal constant CqC_qCq​:
E{sup⁡n<k≤m(τn+T)∥∑i=nk−1γi+1Ui+1∥q}≤Cq E{[∑i=nm(τn+T)−1γi+12∥Ui+1∥2]q/2}.E\Big\{\sup_{n<k\le m(\tau_n+T)}\Big\|\sum_{i=n}^{k-1}\gamma_{i+1}U_{i+1}\Big\|^q\Big\}\le C_q\,E\Big\{\Big[\sum_{i=n}^{m(\tau_n+T)-1}\gamma_{i+1}^2\|U_{i+1}\|^2\Big]^{q/2}\Big\}.E{n<k≤m(τn​+T)sup​​i=n∑k−1​γi+1​Ui+1​​q}≤Cq​E{[i=n∑m(τn​+T)−1​γi+12​∥Ui+1​∥2]q/2}.
  1. Inequality (14), for finite families with αi≥0\alpha_i\ge0αi​≥0, u>1u>1u>1, 0<δ<10<\delta<10<δ<1:
(∑i∣αiβi∣)u≤(∑iαiδu/(u−1))u−1∑iαi(1−δ)u∣βi∣u.\Big(\sum_i|\alpha_i\beta_i|\Big)^u\le\Big(\sum_i\alpha_i^{\delta u/(u-1)}\Big)^{u-1}\sum_i\alpha_i^{(1-\delta)u}|\beta_i|^u.(i∑​∣αi​βi​∣)u≤(i∑​αiδu/(u−1)​)u−1i∑​αi(1−δ)u​∣βi​∣u.
  1. Eq. (16): for every T>0T>0T>0 there is C(q,T)C(q,T)C(q,T) with E(Δ(t,T)q)≤C(q,T)∫tt+Tγˉq/2(s) dsE(\Delta(t,T)^q)\le C(q,T)\int_t^{t+T}\bar\gamma^{q/2}(s)\,dsE(Δ(t,T)q)≤C(q,T)∫tt+T​γˉ​q/2(s)ds for all t≥0t\ge0t≥0.
  2. Eq. (17): ∑k≥0E(Δ(kT,T)q)<∞\sum_{k\ge0}E(\Delta(kT,T)^q)<\infty∑k≥0​E(Δ(kT,T)q)<∞ for every T>0T>0T>0.
  3. Block comparison: Δ(t,T)≤2Δ(kT,T)+Δ((k+1)T,T)\Delta(t,T)\le2\Delta(kT,T)+\Delta((k+1)T,T)Δ(t,T)≤2Δ(kT,T)+Δ((k+1)T,T) for kT≤t<(k+1)TkT\le t<(k+1)TkT≤t<(k+1)T.

Significance

Proposition 4.2 is the standard sufficient condition under which the ODE method applies to stochastic gradient-type recursions with martingale noise. With q=2q=2q=2 it covers step sizes with ∑γn2<∞\sum\gamma_n^2<\infty∑γn2​<∞ (for example γn=1/n\gamma_n=1/nγn​=1/n) and noise with bounded variance; larger qqq trades stronger moment assumptions for slower decay of the steps, down to ∑γn1+q/2<∞\sum\gamma_n^{1+q/2}<\infty∑γn1+q/2​<∞. Combined with Proposition 4.1 it shows that the interpolated process of a Robbins–Monro algorithm with bounded iterates is almost surely an asymptotic pseudotrajectory of the flow of FFF; the limit set theorems of the notes then locate the limit points of the algorithm.

The result is proved in the notes and in the cited literature; it has not, to our knowledge, been machine-checked. A formal proof would supply reusable pieces that Mathlib currently lacks, most notably a Burkholder (or Burkholder–Davis–Gundy) inequality for discrete-time vector martingales in LqL^qLq, and the continuous-time bookkeeping of the step processes Uˉ\bar UUˉ, γˉ\bar\gammaγˉ​ and the noise deviation Δ\DeltaΔ, shared by the other missions of this series.

Difficulty

The obvious argument controls each window by Doob's L2L^2L2 maximal inequality and sums over windows. That works for q=2q=2q=2 only. For q>2q>2q>2 the second moment of the window sums is not summable under ∑γn1+q/2<∞\sum\gamma_n^{1+q/2}<\infty∑γn1+q/2​<∞, and one needs an LqL^qLq maximal inequality whose right-hand side is the q/2q/2q/2-th moment of the square function. That inequality, Burkholder's, is not in Mathlib. Converting the square function into the moment bound requires a Hölder-type inequality with tuned exponents, and passing from the discrete sums to Δ(t,T)\Delta(t,T)Δ(t,T) requires handling partial steps at both ends of [t,t+h][t,t+h][t,t+h]. A second subtlety is that A1 quantifies over all T>0T>0T>0: the almost-sure statement must hold on a single event of full probability for every TTT, not on an event that depends on TTT.

Formalization scope

The space is Rd\mathbb R^dRd as EuclideanSpace ℝ (Fin d); time is real; qqq is a real number with q≥2q\ge2q≥2, and all powers are real powers of nonnegative quantities. The sequences γ\gammaγ and UUU are indexed by N\mathbb NN, and their values at 000 are unused, as the paper indexes them from 111. The filtration is a Mathlib Filtration ℕ, Un+1U_{n+1}Un+1​ is required to be Fn+1\mathcal F_{n+1}Fn+1​-strongly measurable and integrable, and the martingale difference condition is E(Un+1∣Fn)=0E(U_{n+1}\mid\mathcal F_n)=0E(Un+1​∣Fn​)=0 almost surely. Expectations of nonnegative quantities, the suprema in A1 and Δ\DeltaΔ, and the moment bound are taken in [0,∞][0,\infty][0,∞], so no default value of a non-integrable expectation or of an empty supremum can make a statement hold vacuously; the supremum over an empty range of kkk is 000.

The following readings are excluded and are not acceptable formalizations: a moment hypothesis that holds vacuously, a conditional expectation hypothesis on non-integrable noise, the conclusion "for each TTT, A1 holds almost surely" in place of "almost surely, A1 holds for all TTT", and qqq fixed to 222 or restricted to integers.

All hypotheses are satisfiable: U=0U=0U=0, x=0x=0x=0, F=0F=0F=0 and γn=1/n\gamma_n=1/nγn​=1/n with q=2q=2q=2 satisfy every one of them.

Contributions welcome: a general Burkholder inequality for discrete-time martingales in finite-dimensional spaces (reusable well beyond this mission), lemmas on the step processes and Δ\DeltaΔ (measurability, local integrability, additivity), and the proofs of the milestones.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm and M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, Journal of Dynamics and Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218617
  • M. Métivier and P. Priouret, Théorèmes de convergence presque sûre pour une classe d'algorithmes stochastiques à pas décroissant, Probability Theory and Related Fields 74 (1987), 403–428.
  • D. L. Burkholder, Distribution function inequalities for martingales, Annals of Probability 1 (1973), 19–42. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1176997023
  • D. W. Stroock, Probability Theory: An Analytic View, Cambridge University Press, 1993.
  • H. Robbins and S. Monro, A stochastic approximation method, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 22 (1951), 400–407. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177729586
  • H. J. Kushner and G. G. Yin, Stochastic Approximation Algorithms and Applications, Springer, 1997.
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Dynamical SystemsOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms 5: If V(Λ) Has Empty Interior for a Lyapunov Function V, Every Internally Chain Transitive Set Lies in ΛResearch Paper

Motivation

A stochastic approximation algorithm is a recursion xn+1=xn+γn+1(F(xn)+Un+1)x_{n+1}=x_n+\gamma_{n+1}\big(F(x_n)+U_{n+1}\big)xn+1​=xn​+γn+1​(F(xn​)+Un+1​) with decreasing steps γn\gamma_nγn​ and noise UnU_nUn​. Stochastic gradient descent, the Robbins–Monro procedure, reinforcement-learning updates and learning dynamics in games all have this form. The ODE method compares such a recursion with the deterministic dynamics x˙=F(x)\dot x=F(x)x˙=F(x). Benaïm's lecture notes (Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, 1999) do this in two steps. First, the limit set of the interpolated process is internally chain transitive for the semiflow of FFF (Theorem 5.7, the subject of mission 1 of this series). Second, internally chain transitive sets are located using properties of the dynamics alone.

The most common tool in the second step is a Lyapounov function: a function that decreases strictly along every trajectory outside a set Λ\LambdaΛ and is constant on Λ\LambdaΛ. Proposition 6.4 of the notes states exactly when such a function forces every internally chain transitive set into Λ\LambdaΛ. It is the step behind the convergence of stochastic gradient algorithms to critical points (Corollary 6.7) and behind convergence results for learning in potential games.

Timeline.

  • Conley (Isolated Invariant Sets and the Morse Index, CBMS 38, 1978) introduced chain recurrence and the attractor–repeller description of it.
  • Benaïm and Hirsch (J. Dyn. Diff. Eq. 8, 1996) identified limit sets of asymptotic pseudotrajectories with internally chain transitive sets.
  • Benaïm (SIAM J. Control Optim. 34, 1996) developed the dynamical-systems approach to stochastic approximation built on these notions.
  • Bowen (J. Differential Equations 18, 1975) characterized chain transitivity by the absence of proper attractors, the content of Proposition 5.3 of the notes.
  • The 1999 notes state the Lyapounov criterion in the form used here, for semiflows on arbitrary metric spaces.

Setting

Let (M,d)(M,d)(M,d) be a metric space, with no compactness or completeness assumed. A semiflow Φ\PhiΦ on MMM is a continuous map R+×M→M\mathbb R_+\times M\to MR+​×M→M, (t,x)↦Φt(x)(t,x)\mapsto\Phi_t(x)(t,x)↦Φt​(x), with Φ0=Id\Phi_0=\mathrm{Id}Φ0​=Id and Φt+s=Φt∘Φs\Phi_{t+s}=\Phi_t\circ\Phi_sΦt+s​=Φt​∘Φs​.

  • A set AAA is invariant if Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A for every t≥0t\ge0t≥0. For an invariant Λ\LambdaΛ, the restriction Φ∣Λ\Phi|\LambdaΦ∣Λ is the semiflow Φ\PhiΦ acting on Λ\LambdaΛ.
  • For δ,T>0\delta,T>0δ,T>0, a (δ,T)(\delta,T)(δ,T)-pseudo-orbit from aaa to bbb is a list of points y0,…,yky_0,\dots,y_ky0​,…,yk​ (k≥1k\ge1k≥1) and times t0,…,tk−1≥Tt_0,\dots,t_{k-1}\ge Tt0​,…,tk−1​≥T with d(y0,a)<δd(y_0,a)<\deltad(y0​,a)<δ, d(Φtj(yj),yj+1)<δd(\Phi_{t_j}(y_j),y_{j+1})<\deltad(Φtj​​(yj​),yj+1​)<δ for j<kj<kj<k, and yk=by_k=byk​=b.
  • A set LLL is internally chain transitive if it is nonempty, compact and invariant, and for all a,b∈La,b\in La,b∈L and all δ,T>0\delta,T>0δ,T>0 there is a (δ,T)(\delta,T)(δ,T)-pseudo-orbit of Φ∣L\Phi|LΦ∣L, so with every yi∈Ly_i\in Lyi​∈L, from aaa to bbb.
  • An attractor is a nonempty compact invariant set AAA with a neighbourhood WWW on which dist(Φtx,A)→0\mathrm{dist}(\Phi_t x,A)\to0dist(Φt​x,A)→0 uniformly. Its basin is the set of points xxx with dist(Φtx,A)→0\mathrm{dist}(\Phi_t x,A)\to0dist(Φt​x,A)→0.
  • Let Λ⊂M\Lambda\subset MΛ⊂M be compact and invariant. A continuous V:M→RV:M\to\mathbb RV:M→R is a Lyapounov function for Λ\LambdaΛ if t↦V(Φt(x))t\mapsto V(\Phi_t(x))t↦V(Φt​(x)) is constant for x∈Λx\in\Lambdax∈Λ and strictly decreasing for x∉Λx\notin\Lambdax∈/Λ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Proposition 6.4

Let Λ\LambdaΛ be compact invariant and VVV a Lyapounov function for Λ\LambdaΛ, and assume that V(Λ)V(\Lambda)V(Λ) has empty interior in R\mathbb RR. Then for every internally chain transitive set LLL,

L⊂ΛandV∣L is constant.L\subset\Lambda\qquad\text{and}\qquad V|_L\ \text{is constant}.L⊂ΛandV∣L​ is constant.

Milestones

  1. Lemma 5.2. If UUU is open with compact closure and ΦT(U‾)⊂U\Phi_T(\overline U)\subset UΦT​(U)⊂U for some T>0T>0T>0, there is an attractor A⊂UA\subset UA⊂U whose basin contains U‾\overline UU.
  2. Proposition 5.3. For nonempty Λ\LambdaΛ: internally chain transitive   ⟺  \iff⟺ connected and internally chain recurrent   ⟺  \iff⟺ compact invariant, and Φ∣Λ\Phi|\LambdaΦ∣Λ has no proper attractor.
  3. The claim of the proof of 6.4. For LLL internally chain transitive and v∗=inf⁡LVv^*=\inf_L Vv∗=infL​V: L∩Λ≠∅L\cap\Lambda\ne\emptysetL∩Λ=∅ and v∗=inf⁡L∩ΛVv^*=\inf_{L\cap\Lambda}Vv∗=infL∩Λ​V.
  4. The sublevel step of the proof of 6.4. For every c>v∗c>v^*c>v∗ with c∉V(Λ)c\notin V(\Lambda)c∈/V(Λ), V<cV<cV<c on all of LLL.

Significance

The result. Proposition 6.4 converts a statement about real numbers, that V(Λ)V(\Lambda)V(Λ) has empty interior, into a statement about dynamics: the chain recurrent behaviour of Φ\PhiΦ is confined to Λ\LambdaΛ. With Theorem 5.7 it gives the following. If Φ\PhiΦ has such a Lyapounov function, then the limit set of any precompact asymptotic pseudotrajectory, in particular of a bounded stochastic approximation process, lies in Λ\LambdaΛ, and VVV is constant on it. When Λ\LambdaΛ is the set of equilibria and V(Λ)V(\Lambda)V(Λ) is Lebesgue-null by Sard's theorem, this is the convergence of stochastic gradient algorithms to connected sets of critical points (Corollary 6.7). Remark 6.5 gives a flow on the circle with a strict Lyapounov function, where the circle itself is internally chain transitive. So the empty-interior hypothesis cannot be removed.

Formalizing it. The result is proved, in the notes and in the earlier literature. No machine-checked version of chain recurrence for semiflows on metric spaces, Conley's attractor lemma, or Bowen's characterization of chain transitive sets is known to us. The mission therefore adds the following:

  • a formal definition layer for these notions on Mathlib's Flow;
  • formal proofs of Lemma 5.2 and Proposition 5.3, which are reused across this series (missions 1 and 6);
  • the Lyapounov criterion itself.

Difficulty

The obvious argument does not work. It runs: VVV decreases along trajectories, so along an orbit in LLL the value of VVV must settle on Λ\LambdaΛ. But points of an internally chain transitive set are joined only by pseudo-orbits. At each of the kkk jumps, VVV may increase by an amount that is small but not controlled in number, so monotonicity of VVV along true trajectories says nothing directly about LLL. Remark 6.5 shows that the conclusion is genuinely false without a condition on V(Λ)V(\Lambda)V(Λ). The difficulty is therefore global: pseudo-orbits that climb back up VVV through many small jumps must be excluded using information about the restricted semiflow Φ∣L\Phi|LΦ∣L as a whole, not the monotonicity of VVV along single trajectories. Milestones 1 and 2 are the general facts about chain transitive sets that this requires, and their own proofs involve compactness and uniform-continuity estimates over arbitrarily long pseudo-orbits.

Formalization scope

  • Representation. MMM is any MetricSpace, and the semiflow is Flow ℝ≥0 M.
  • Invariance is equality Φt(A)=A\Phi_t(A)=AΦt​(A)=A for every ttt, not inclusion.
  • Pseudo-orbits have at least one trajectory piece (k≥1k\ge1k≥1), times ≥T\ge T≥T, an exact endpoint, and, in the internal notions, all their points in the set.
  • Nonemptiness. Internally chain transitive and internally chain recurrent sets are nonempty by definition. Accordingly, Proposition 5.3 assumes Λ≠∅\Lambda\neq\emptysetΛ=∅ and Lemma 5.2 assumes U≠∅U\neq\emptysetU=∅.
  • Lyapounov function. The predicate contains the standing assumptions of its definition: Λ\LambdaΛ is compact and invariant, VVV is continuous, V(Φtx)=V(x)V(\Phi_t x)=V(x)V(Φt​x)=V(x) on Λ\LambdaΛ, and t↦V(Φtx)t\mapsto V(\Phi_t x)t↦V(Φt​x) is strictly antitone off Λ\LambdaΛ.
  • Empty interior is interior (V '' Λ) = ∅ in R\mathbb RR, not countability, finiteness or measure zero.
  • Infima are stated with IsGLB, not a real sInf.

The following formalizations are trivializing and are excluded:

  • chains with no jumps, under which every point is chain recurrent;
  • invariance as inclusion;
  • a non-strict decrease condition, under which constant functions are Lyapounov functions and the goal is false;
  • chains of Φ\PhiΦ that leave LLL, a strictly weaker notion;
  • quantifying only over limit sets instead of every internally chain transitive set.

A complete development needs elementary facts about ω-limit sets of points of a compact invariant set: they are nonempty, compact and invariant. It also needs the attractor construction A=⋂t≥0⋃s≥tΦs(U)‾A=\bigcap_{t\ge0}\overline{\bigcup_{s\ge t}\Phi_s(U)}A=⋂t≥0​⋃s≥t​Φs​(U)​ and the open sets {y:x↪δ,Ty}\{y: x\hookrightarrow_{\delta,T}y\}{y:x↪δ,T​y} used in Proposition 5.3. These are reusable for any work on Conley theory. Contributions of any of these lemmas, or of proofs of the milestones in any order, are welcome.

Selected references

  • M. Benaïm, Dynamics of Stochastic Approximation Algorithms, Séminaire de Probabilités XXXIII, Lecture Notes in Mathematics 1709, Springer, 1999, pp. 1–68. https://doi.org/10.1007/BFb0096509
  • M. Benaïm, M. W. Hirsch, Asymptotic pseudotrajectories and chain recurrent flows, with applications, J. Dynam. Differential Equations 8 (1996), 141–176. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02218613
  • M. Benaïm, A dynamical system approach to stochastic approximations, SIAM J. Control Optim. 34 (1996), 437–472. https://doi.org/10.1137/S0363012993253534
  • C. Conley, Isolated Invariant Sets and the Morse Index, CBMS Regional Conference Series in Mathematics 38, AMS, 1978. https://doi.org/10.1090/cbms/038
  • R. Bowen, ω-limit sets for Axiom A diffeomorphisms, J. Differential Equations 18 (1975), 333–339. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-0396(75)90065-0
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Quantifying the Bullwhip Effect in a Simple Supply Chain: The Impact of Forecasting, Lead Times, and Information 1: Centralizing Demand Information Does Not Eliminate the Bullwhip EffectResearch Paper

Motivation

The bullwhip effect is the observation that the variability of orders increases as one moves up a supply chain, from the retailer towards the manufacturer and its suppliers. It was documented in industry and in classroom experiments such as the Beer Game (Sterman 1989), and analysed by Lee, Padmanabhan and Whang (1997), who named demand forecasting, lead times, batch ordering, rationing and price variations as its main causes. A remedy often proposed is to centralize demand information: give every stage of the chain the customer demand data, so that no stage forecasts from the distorted orders of its downstream neighbour.

Chen, Drezner, Ryan and Simchi-Levi (2000) quantified the effect for a retailer that forecasts with a moving average and orders with an order-up-to policy. They gave an explicit lower bound on the ratio of the order variance to the demand variance in terms of the lead time, the forecasting window and the demand autocorrelation. They then showed that in a multistage chain with fully centralized demand information this ratio still grows with the total lead time upstream of each stage. This mission formalizes that result, Theorem 3.1 of the paper, together with the single-stage analysis it rests on.

Setting

Time is indexed by the integers. The customer demands DtD_tDt​ seen by the retailer follow the AR(1) model

Dt=μ+ρDt−1+ϵt,(1)D_t = \mu + \rho D_{t-1} + \epsilon_t, \tag{1}Dt​=μ+ρDt−1​+ϵt​,(1)

where μ≥0\mu \ge 0μ≥0, ∣ρ∣<1|\rho| < 1∣ρ∣<1, and the errors ϵt\epsilon_tϵt​ are independent and identically distributed from a symmetric distribution with mean 000 and variance σ2\sigma^2σ2. The demand is in steady state, so that E(Dt)=μ/(1−ρ)E(D_t) = \mu/(1-\rho)E(Dt​)=μ/(1−ρ) and Var(D)=Var(Dt)=σ2/(1−ρ2)\mathrm{Var}(D) = \mathrm{Var}(D_t) = \sigma^2/(1-\rho^2)Var(D)=Var(Dt​)=σ2/(1−ρ2) for every ttt.

The retailer does not know the demand process. With a window of p≥1p \ge 1p≥1 past observations it forms the moving-average estimates

D^tL=L ∑i=1pDt−ip,et=Dt−D^t1,σ^etL=CL,ρ∑i=1pet−i2p,\hat D^L_t = L\,\frac{\sum_{i=1}^p D_{t-i}}{p}, \qquad e_t = D_t - \hat D^1_t, \qquad \hat\sigma^L_{et} = C_{L,\rho}\sqrt{\frac{\sum_{i=1}^p e_{t-i}^2}{p}},D^tL​=Lp∑i=1p​Dt−i​​,et​=Dt​−D^t1​,σ^etL​=CL,ρ​p∑i=1p​et−i2​​​,

where LLL is the lead-time parameter (L=1L = 1L=1 means an order placed at the end of period ttt arrives at the start of period t+1t+1t+1) and CL,ρC_{L,\rho}CL,ρ​ is a constant the paper leaves unspecified. The order-up-to point is yt=D^tL+z σ^etLy_t = \hat D^L_t + z\,\hat\sigma^L_{et}yt​=D^tL​+zσ^etL​ for a safety factor zzz, and the order placed in period ttt is qt=yt−yt−1+Dt−1q_t = y_t - y_{t-1} + D_{t-1}qt​=yt​−yt−1​+Dt−1​. It may be negative: excess inventory is returned without cost.

In the multistage chain with centralized information, stages k=1,2,…k = 1, 2, \dotsk=1,2,… (stage 111 is the retailer) all observe DtD_tDt​ and use the same estimate D^t=∑i=1pDt−i/p\hat D_t = \sum_{i=1}^p D_{t-i}/pD^t​=∑i=1p​Dt−i​/p. Stage kkk has lead time LkL_kLk​ and safety factor zkz_kzk​ and uses the order-up-to point ytk=LkD^t+zkσ^etLky^k_t = L_k\hat D_t + z_k\hat\sigma^{L_k}_{et}ytk​=Lk​D^t​+zk​σ^etLk​​. Following the paper's sequence of events, stage 111 orders qt1=yt1−yt−11+Dt−1q^1_t = y^1_t - y^1_{t-1} + D_{t-1}qt1​=yt1​−yt−11​+Dt−1​, and stage k≥2k \ge 2k≥2, receiving qtk−1q^{k-1}_tqtk−1​, orders qtk=ytk−yt−1k+qtk−1q^k_t = y^k_t - y^k_{t-1} + q^{k-1}_tqtk​=ytk​−yt−1k​+qtk−1​.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 3.1 (p. 441)

For every stage k≥1k \ge 1k≥1 and every period ttt,

Var(qtk)Var(D)≥1+(2∑i=1kLip+2(∑i=1kLi)2p2)(1−ρp),\frac{\mathrm{Var}(q^k_t)}{\mathrm{Var}(D)} \ge 1 + \left(\frac{2\sum_{i=1}^k L_i}{p} + \frac{2\left(\sum_{i=1}^k L_i\right)^2}{p^2}\right)(1-\rho^p),Var(D)Var(qtk​)​≥1+​p2∑i=1k​Li​​+p22(∑i=1k​Li​)2​​(1−ρp),

with equality when z1=⋯=zk=0z_1 = \dots = z_k = 0z1​=⋯=zk​=0. The bound holds for every choice of the constants CLk,ρC_{L_k,\rho}CLk​,ρ​ and of the safety factors.

Milestones (p. 438)

  1. The AR(1) moments Var(Dt)=σ2/(1−ρ2)\mathrm{Var}(D_t) = \sigma^2/(1-\rho^2)Var(Dt​)=σ2/(1−ρ2) and Cov(Dt−1,Dt−p−1)=ρpσ2/(1−ρ2)\mathrm{Cov}(D_{t-1}, D_{t-p-1}) = \rho^p\sigma^2/(1-\rho^2)Cov(Dt−1​,Dt−p−1​)=ρpσ2/(1−ρ2).
  2. Eq. (4): qt=(1+L/p)Dt−1−(L/p)Dt−p−1+z(σ^etL−σ^e,t−1L)q_t = (1 + L/p)D_{t-1} - (L/p)D_{t-p-1} + z(\hat\sigma^L_{et} - \hat\sigma^L_{e,t-1})qt​=(1+L/p)Dt−1​−(L/p)Dt−p−1​+z(σ^etL​−σ^e,t−1L​) for every outcome.
  3. Lemma 2.1: Cov(Dt−i,σ^etL)=0\mathrm{Cov}(D_{t-i}, \hat\sigma^L_{et}) = 0Cov(Dt−i​,σ^etL​)=0 for i=1,…,pi = 1, \dots, pi=1,…,p.
  4. The variance identity after Eq. (4):
Var(qt)=[1+(2Lp+2L2p2)(1−ρp)]Var(D)+2z(1+2Lp)Cov(Dt−1,σ^etL)+z2 Var(σ^etL−σ^e,t−1L).\mathrm{Var}(q_t) = \left[1 + \left(\tfrac{2L}{p} + \tfrac{2L^2}{p^2}\right)(1-\rho^p)\right]\mathrm{Var}(D) + 2z\left(1+\tfrac{2L}{p}\right)\mathrm{Cov}(D_{t-1}, \hat\sigma^L_{et}) + z^2\,\mathrm{Var}(\hat\sigma^L_{et} - \hat\sigma^L_{e,t-1}).Var(qt​)=[1+(p2L​+p22L2​)(1−ρp)]Var(D)+2z(1+p2L​)Cov(Dt−1​,σ^etL​)+z2Var(σ^etL​−σ^e,t−1L​).
  1. Theorem 2.2, the single-stage case:
Var(q)Var(D)≥1+(2Lp+2L2p2)(1−ρp),(5)\frac{\mathrm{Var}(q)}{\mathrm{Var}(D)} \ge 1 + \left(\frac{2L}{p} + \frac{2L^2}{p^2}\right)(1-\rho^p), \tag{5}Var(D)Var(q)​≥1+(p2L​+p22L2​)(1−ρp),(5)

with equality when z=0z = 0z=0.

Significance

Theorem 2.2 shows that forecasting with a positive lead time is enough to make orders more variable than demand, even for independent demands (ρ=0\rho = 0ρ=0). It also says how the effect depends on each parameter: the bound decreases in the window ppp and increases in the lead time LLL. Theorem 3.1 is the paper's answer to the centralization remedy. When every stage sees the true customer demand and uses the same forecast and the same policy, the variability of orders at stage kkk is still bounded below by the single-stage expression with the cumulative lead time ∑i≤kLi\sum_{i\le k}L_i∑i≤k​Li​. Centralization reduces the bullwhip effect but does not remove it. The decentralized comparison (Theorem 3.2, where the bound becomes multiplicative across stages) is a separate mission in this series.

On the formalization side, the Gaussian special case of the single-stage results is on the platform. Snyder and Shen's Fundamentals of Supply Chain Theory states Theorem 2.2, Lemma 2.1, Eq. (4) and the AR(1) moments for normally distributed errors, as the items SupplyChainTheory.bullwhip_signal_processing, bullwhip_lemma_13_1, bullwhip_order_identity and ar1_moments. This mission states them under the paper's weaker hypothesis of a symmetric error distribution. The multistage Theorem 3.1 has no machine-checked counterpart. The paper proves only Theorem 2.2 in print. For the proofs of Lemma 2.1 and Theorem 3.1 it refers to Ryan (1997) and to a working paper, so a formalization supplies arguments the published article does not contain.

Difficulty

Most of the algebra is routine. The difficulty is Lemma 2.1 and the covariances like it. The estimate σ^etL\hat\sigma^L_{et}σ^etL​ is a square root of a quadratic form in past demands, so its covariance with a demand cannot be computed from second moments. Under Gaussian errors one can appeal to properties of Gaussian vectors. With only a symmetric error law, every distributional fact has to come from the symmetry of the errors and from the representation of the steady-state demand as an infinite series in past errors.

The printed derivation also moves faster than a proof. Expanding Var(qt)\mathrm{Var}(q_t)Var(qt​) from Eq. (4) produces the cross terms Cov(Dt−1,σ^e,t−1L)\mathrm{Cov}(D_{t-1}, \hat\sigma^L_{e,t-1})Cov(Dt−1​,σ^e,t−1L​) and Cov(Dt−p−1,σ^etL)\mathrm{Cov}(D_{t-p-1}, \hat\sigma^L_{et})Cov(Dt−p−1​,σ^etL​), which lie outside the lags 1,…,p1, \dots, p1,…,p of Lemma 2.1. The display after Eq. (4) does not account for them. A complete proof of milestone 4 must show that these terms vanish too. For the chain, the stage orders are defined by a recursion across stages, and the variance of qtkq^k_tqtk​ involves the estimates σ^etLi\hat\sigma^{L_i}_{et}σ^etLi​​ of all stages i≤ki \le ki≤k.

Formalization scope

Random variables are real functions on a probability space (Ω,P)(\Omega, P)(Ω,P), and time is Z\mathbb ZZ, so that Dt−p−1D_{t-p-1}Dt−p−1​ exists for every ttt. Variance and covariance are Mathlib's ProbabilityTheory.variance and ProbabilityTheory.covariance. The demand structure ChenBullwhip.Centralized.AR1Demand records (1) for every outcome and the paper's error hypotheses: independence, identical distribution, symmetry, mean 000 and variance σ2\sigma^2σ2. It adds four disclosed conditions:

  1. σ>0\sigma > 0σ>0, since the results divide by Var(D)\mathrm{Var}(D)Var(D);
  2. square integrability of errors and demands, since Mathlib's variance of a non-square-integrable function is 000;
  3. a steady-state condition: every DtD_tDt​ is square integrable with the law of D0D_0D0​, which is the stationary solution the paper's moment formulas presuppose;
  4. p≥1p \ge 1p≥1 in every result.

The published Gaussian structure SupplyChainTheory.AR1Demand satisfies these conditions, so this mission generalizes the Snyder–Shen items rather than referencing them. The constants CL,ρC_{L,\rho}CL,ρ​ are free real parameters, and in the chain CLk,ρC_{L_k,\rho}CLk​,ρ​ is C(Lk)C(L_k)C(Lk​) for an arbitrary function CCC. Lead times are natural numbers, L=0L = 0L=0 included. Sums ∑i=1p\sum_{i=1}^p∑i=1p​ and ∑i=1k\sum_{i=1}^k∑i=1k​ run over {1,…,p}\{1,\dots,p\}{1,…,p} and {1,…,k}\{1,\dots,k\}{1,…,k}, and stages are numbered from 111. The order recursion qtk=ytk−yt−1k+qtk−1q^k_t = y^k_t - y^k_{t-1} + q^{k-1}_tqtk​=ytk​−yt−1k​+qtk−1​ is read from the paper's sequence of events, because the paper prints no formula for qtkq^k_tqtk​.

The orders are computed from the demands through the definitions above. They are never arbitrary random variables with assumed moments. "Tight" is formalized as equality, and orders are never truncated at zero. Without the steady-state condition, a process started from an arbitrary D0D_0D0​ satisfies (1) but has time-dependent moments, and the results fail; with σ=0\sigma = 0σ=0 the ratio form would be false. Both cases are excluded by the structure, not by vacuous hypotheses. The structure is satisfiable: i.i.d. standard Gaussian demands on Z→R\mathbb Z \to \mathbb RZ→R form an instance.

A complete development needs: the L2L^2L2 series representation of a stationary AR(1) process; distributional symmetry facts for i.i.d. sequences with a symmetric law; and covariance bookkeeping for finite linear combinations. The first two are reusable for any linear time-series model with symmetric innovations. Contributions to any milestone, and to general lemmas about stationary AR(1) processes, are welcome.

Selected references

  • F. Chen, Z. Drezner, J. K. Ryan, D. Simchi-Levi, Quantifying the Bullwhip Effect in a Simple Supply Chain: The Impact of Forecasting, Lead Times, and Information, Management Science 46(3):436–443, 2000. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.46.3.436.12069
  • H. L. Lee, V. Padmanabhan, S. Whang, Information Distortion in a Supply Chain: The Bullwhip Effect, Management Science 43(4):546–558, 1997. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.43.4.546
  • J. D. Sterman, Modeling Managerial Behavior: Misperceptions of Feedback in a Dynamic Decision Making Experiment, Management Science 35(3):321–339, 1989. https://doi.org/10.1287/mnsc.35.3.321
  • L. V. Snyder, Z.-J. M. Shen, Fundamentals of Supply Chain Theory, 2nd ed., Wiley, 2019, Chapter 13. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781119584445
  • J. K. Ryan, Analysis of Inventory Models with Limited Demand Information, Ph.D. dissertation, Northwestern University, 1997 (cited by the paper for the proofs of Lemma 2.1 and Theorem 3.1).
9 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchOptimization·Captain: mikedeng1

An Efficient Algorithm for Computing an Optimal (r, Q) Policy in Continuous Review Stochastic Inventory Systems: Algorithm OPT Returns an Optimal Reorder Point and Order QuantityResearch Paper

Motivation

(r, Q) policies are the standard replenishment rule for a single item under continuous review: whenever the inventory position (stock on hand plus on order minus backorders) drops to the reorder point rrr, an order of size QQQ is placed. They are known to be optimal in the classical models with Poisson or compound renewal demand, constant or exogenous lead times and full backlogging, and they are used widely in practice and in multi-item and multi-echelon systems where they are applied item by item.

For decades, computing an optimal pair (r,Q)(r, Q)(r,Q) exactly was not routine. The textbook treatment of Hadley and Whitin (1963) gives approximations; as Browne and Zipkin (1991) put it, "until recently, there was no reliable, straightforward method for computing an optimal (r, Q) policy, even in the simple case of Poisson demand processes." Many heuristics were proposed (surveyed by Lee and Nahmias, 1989); the only exact procedure in circulation was in Zipkin's classnotes, based on a result of Sahin (1982).

Federgruen and Zheng (1992) give a short exact algorithm, Algorithm OPT, whose work is linear in the optimal order quantity Q∗Q^*Q∗. It rests only on the form of the cost, not on a particular demand model.

Setting

Inventory positions are integers (demand arrives unit by unit). A fixed cost κ>0\kappa>0κ>0 is charged per order, and G:Z→RG:\mathbb Z\to\mathbb RG:Z→R is the expected holding and backlogging cost rate as a function of the inventory position yyy. In all the models of the paper the long-run average cost of the (r,Q)(r,Q)(r,Q) policy, for an integer rrr and an integer Q≥1Q\ge1Q≥1, has the form

C(r,Q)=[κ+∑y=r+1r+QG(y)]/Q.(1)C(r,Q)=\Big[\kappa+\sum_{y=r+1}^{r+Q}G(y)\Big]\Big/Q. \tag{1}C(r,Q)=[κ+y=r+1∑r+Q​G(y)]/Q.(1)

The paper's standing assumptions on GGG are:

  1. −G-G−G is unimodal: there is an integer mmm with GGG nonincreasing on {y≤m}\{y\le m\}{y≤m} and nondecreasing on {y≥m}\{y\ge m\}{y≥m} (flat stretches allowed);
  2. lim⁡∣y∣→∞G(y)=∞\lim_{|y|\to\infty}G(y)=\inftylim∣y∣→∞​G(y)=∞.

The sequence yQy_QyQ​. Let y1y_1y1​ be an integer minimizing GGG. Given y1,…,yQy_1,\dots,y_Qy1​,…,yQ​, let L(Q)=min⁡{y1,…,yQ}L(Q)=\min\{y_1,\dots,y_Q\}L(Q)=min{y1​,…,yQ​} and R(Q)=max⁡{y1,…,yQ}R(Q)=\max\{y_1,\dots,y_Q\}R(Q)=max{y1​,…,yQ​}, and set

yQ+1={L(Q)−1if G(L(Q)−1)≤G(R(Q)+1),R(Q)+1otherwise.y_{Q+1}=\begin{cases}L(Q)-1 & \text{if } G(L(Q)-1)\le G(R(Q)+1),\\ R(Q)+1 & \text{otherwise.}\end{cases}yQ+1​={L(Q)−1R(Q)+1​if G(L(Q)−1)≤G(R(Q)+1),otherwise.​

So the window [L(Q),R(Q)][L(Q),R(Q)][L(Q),R(Q)] grows by one point at a time towards the smaller neighbouring value, ties going left. Write r∗(Q)r^*(Q)r∗(Q) for an optimal reorder point for a given QQQ, and

C∗(Q)=[κ+∑i=1QG(yi)]/Q.C^*(Q)=\Big[\kappa+\sum_{i=1}^{Q}G(y_i)\Big]\Big/Q .C∗(Q)=[κ+i=1∑Q​G(yi​)]/Q.

Algorithm OPT, Step 1. Variables S,Q,C∗,r,RS,Q,C^*,r,RS,Q,C∗,r,R start at S=κ+G(y1)S=\kappa+G(y_1)S=κ+G(y1​), Q=1Q=1Q=1, C∗=SC^*=SC∗=S, r=y1−1r=y_1-1r=y1​−1, R=y1+1R=y_1+1R=y1​+1. Each pass compares G(r)G(r)G(r) and G(R)G(R)G(R); on the smaller side (left on ties) it stops if C∗C^*C∗ is at most that value, and otherwise adds the value to SSS and moves rrr one step left or RRR one step right; then Q:=Q+1Q:=Q+1Q:=Q+1 and C∗:=S/QC^*:=S/QC∗:=S/Q. The output is the final (r,Q)(r,Q)(r,Q).

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 1

Under the standing assumptions, Step 1 of Algorithm OPT, started from any global minimizer y1y_1y1​ of GGG, stops after finitely many passes, and its output (r,Q)(r,Q)(r,Q) satisfies Q≥1Q\ge1Q≥1 and

C(r,Q)≤C(r′,Q′)for all integers r′ and all integers Q′≥1.C(r,Q)\le C(r',Q')\qquad\text{for all integers } r' \text{ and all integers } Q'\ge 1 .C(r,Q)≤C(r′,Q′)for all integers r′ and all integers Q′≥1.

The goal fixes no constants and no demand model: it is a statement about every GGG satisfying the standing assumptions.

Milestones, in proof order

  • §2, p. 811: {y1,…,yQ}\{y_1,\dots,y_Q\}{y1​,…,yQ​} is the contiguous block [L(Q),R(Q)][L(Q),R(Q)][L(Q),R(Q)] of QQQ integers and carries the QQQ smallest values of GGG.
  • Figure 1 (p. 809): yQ+1y_{Q+1}yQ+1​ has the least GGG-value outside the window; in particular G(y1)≤G(y2)≤⋯G(y_1)\le G(y_2)\le\cdotsG(y1​)≤G(y2​)≤⋯.
  • Lemma 1: L(Q)−1L(Q)-1L(Q)−1 is an optimal reorder point for QQQ.
  • Corollary 1: r∗(Q)−1≤r∗(Q+1)≤r∗(Q)r^*(Q)-1\le r^*(Q+1)\le r^*(Q)r∗(Q)−1≤r∗(Q+1)≤r∗(Q).
  • Display before (6): min⁡rC(r,Q)=C∗(Q)\min_r C(r,Q)=C^*(Q)minr​C(r,Q)=C∗(Q).
  • (6): C∗(Q+1)=[QC∗(Q)+G(yQ+1)]/(Q+1)C^*(Q+1)=[QC^*(Q)+G(y_{Q+1})]/(Q+1)C∗(Q+1)=[QC∗(Q)+G(yQ+1​)]/(Q+1), and C∗(Q+1)<C∗(Q)C^*(Q+1)<C^*(Q)C∗(Q+1)<C∗(Q) iff G(yQ+1)<C∗(Q)G(y_{Q+1})<C^*(Q)G(yQ+1​)<C∗(Q).
  • Lemma 2: the smallest qqq with C∗(q)≤G(yq+1)C^*(q)\le G(y_{q+1})C∗(q)≤G(yq+1​) exists and is an optimal order size.
  • Step 1 tracks the sequence: from the state (κ+∑i≤QG(yi), Q, C∗(Q), L(Q)−1, R(Q)+1)(\kappa+\sum_{i\le Q}G(y_i),\,Q,\,C^*(Q),\,L(Q)-1,\,R(Q)+1)(κ+∑i≤Q​G(yi​),Q,C∗(Q),L(Q)−1,R(Q)+1) one pass stops with (L(Q)−1,Q)(L(Q)-1,Q)(L(Q)−1,Q) exactly when C∗(Q)≤G(yQ+1)C^*(Q)\le G(y_{Q+1})C∗(Q)≤G(yQ+1​) and otherwise moves to the same state for Q+1Q+1Q+1.

Significance

The result turns the joint minimization of (1) over (r,Q)∈Z×Z≥1(r,Q)\in\mathbb Z\times\mathbb Z_{\ge1}(r,Q)∈Z×Z≥1​, an unbounded two-dimensional integer problem, into a single scan whose length is Q∗Q^*Q∗ plus the distance to the minimizer of GGG. Because it uses only the form (1) and the unimodality of −G-G−G, it applies at once to Poisson and compound Poisson demand, to stochastic lead times with an equilibrium lead-time demand, and to cost structures with stockout penalties; the paper also notes extensions to (r,nQ)(r,nQ)(r,nQ) policies. Lemma 1 and Corollary 1 additionally give the structure of the optimal reorder point as a function of QQQ.

The result has been proved on paper since 1992. What this mission adds is a machine-checked proof of the algorithm's correctness for general GGG under exactly the paper's hypotheses. The platform already has the linear-cost special case of the underlying lemmas for one discrete demand model (InventoryControl.rq_discrete_recursion, rq_discrete_joint_optimal), but with C(Q)C(Q)C(Q) and Q∗Q^*Q∗ given as hypotheses and no algorithm; nothing on the platform states the algorithm or treats general unimodal −G-G−G.

Difficulty

The obvious argument says: for fixed QQQ the sum in (1) should cover the QQQ smallest values of GGG, and the greedy window collects exactly those. Both halves need care on the integers with flat stretches of GGG: "the QQQ smallest values" is ambiguous under ties, and the claim that a greedy window holds them relies on y1y_1y1​ being a global minimizer together with the unimodality of −G-G−G, not on convexity.

The stopping rule is the second point. Lemma 2 looks like a first-order condition, but C∗(⋅)C^*(\cdot)C∗(⋅) need not be convex; optimality of the first stopping qqq for all larger QQQ uses that the values G(yi)G(y_i)G(yi​) are nondecreasing along the sequence, which the paper uses without stating. Termination of the algorithm is not discussed on the page; it needs G→∞G\to\inftyG→∞, and fails for constant GGG.

Finally, the goal is about an imperative loop. Connecting its five variables to yQy_QyQ​, C∗(Q)C^*(Q)C∗(Q) and L(Q)L(Q)L(Q) is an invariant argument that has to match the tie-breaking and the non-strict stopping tests exactly.

Formalization scope

  • Types. G:Z→RG:\mathbb Z\to\mathbb RG:Z→R, κ∈R\kappa\in\mathbb Rκ∈R with κ>0\kappa>0κ>0, reorder points in Z\mathbb ZZ, order quantities in N\mathbb NN with Q≥1Q\ge1Q≥1 required wherever a cost appears. Lean's x/0=0x/0=0x/0=0 makes C(r,0)=0C(r,0)=0C(r,0)=0, so optimality is always quantified over Q′≥1Q'\ge1Q′≥1 and the goal asserts that the returned QQQ is ≥1\ge1≥1.
  • Assumptions. "−G-G−G unimodal" is NegUnimodal G: ∃m\exists m∃m, GGG antitone on (−∞,m](-\infty,m](−∞,m] and monotone on [m,∞)[m,\infty)[m,∞). "lim⁡∣y∣→∞G=∞\lim_{|y|\to\infty}G=\inftylim∣y∣→∞​G=∞" is Coercive G: G→+∞G\to+\inftyG→+∞ along atBot and atTop. Mathlib's QuasiconvexOn ℤ is not used: over Z\mathbb ZZ-weights it holds for every function.
  • The sequence. L(Q),R(Q)L(Q),R(Q)L(Q),R(Q) are defined by recursion on the window, and yyy is 1-based with an unused value at index 0; that L,RL,RL,R are the minimum and maximum of {y1,…,yQ}\{y_1,\dots,y_Q\}{y1​,…,yQ​}, as the paper defines them, is the first milestone.
  • The algorithm. Step 1 is transcribed literally, including G(r)≤G(R)G(r)\le G(R)G(r)≤G(R) → left and the non-strict tests C∗≤G(r)C^*\le G(r)C∗≤G(r), C∗≤G(R)C^*\le G(R)C∗≤G(R); GGG is evaluated directly instead of through the ΔG\Delta GΔG bookkeeping. The loop runs with a pass budget and returns nothing when the budget runs out; the goal states that for every large enough budget it returns an optimal pair.
  • Step 0 is not formalized. It scans L=0,1,…L=0,1,\dotsL=0,1,… for the first LLL with ΔG(L)≥0\Delta G(L)\ge0ΔG(L)≥0, under the paper's simplification y1>0y_1>0y1​>0; under unimodality alone it can stop on a plateau before the minimum. The goal starts Step 1 from a given global minimizer y1y_1y1​, which is the paper's own §2 setup and matches its p. 812 remark that Step 0 may be replaced by a bisection search.
  • Not formalized: Theorem 1's second sentence (the operation count), the derivations of (1) for specific demand models, and (5).
  • Corrected slips. The printed proof of Lemma 2 writes C(Q)−C(Q∗)C(Q)-C(Q^*)C(Q)−C(Q∗) with C∗(Q)C^*(Q)C∗(Q) inside the bracket; the correct identity has C∗(Q)−C∗(Q∗)C^*(Q)-C^*(Q^*)C∗(Q)−C∗(Q∗) and C∗(Q∗)C^*(Q^*)C∗(Q∗). Lemma 2's "Q∗Q^*Q∗" is formalized as existence of the smallest qqq with the property plus its optimality, since minimizers need not be unique; likewise "r∗(Q)=L(Q)−1r^*(Q)=L(Q)-1r∗(Q)=L(Q)−1" means L(Q)−1L(Q)-1L(Q)−1 is an optimal reorder point.
  • Ruled out. Defining the algorithm's output as an argmin of CCC, or by searching for Lemma 2's qqq, would make the goal trivial; the algorithm is defined by its steps. A statement of the form "if the run returns a pair, it is optimal" would be vacuous for a loop that never stops; termination is part of the goal.

Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are general lemmas on windows of unimodal integer sequences, which are reusable beyond this mission.

Selected references

  • A. Federgruen and Y.-S. Zheng, An Efficient Algorithm for Computing an Optimal (r, Q) Policy in Continuous Review Stochastic Inventory Systems, Operations Research 40(4):808–813, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.40.4.808
  • G. Hadley and T. M. Whitin, Analysis of Inventory Systems, Prentice-Hall, 1963.
  • S. Browne and P. Zipkin, Inventory Models with Continuous, Stochastic Demands, Annals of Applied Probability 1(3):419–435, 1991. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005875
  • H. L. Lee and S. Nahmias, Single-Product, Single-Location Models, in Handbooks in OR & MS vol. 4, 1993 (cited by the paper as a 1989 working paper).
  • I. Sahin, On the Objective Function Behavior in (s, S) Inventory Models, Operations Research 30(4):709–724, 1982. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.30.4.709
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory IX: Kingman's Upper Bound on the G/G/1 Queue WaitTextbook

Motivation

The single-server queue with general independent interarrival and service times, the G/G/1 queue, is the basic model of a congested resource: a machine, a link, a checkout. For Markovian arrivals or services the mean wait has a closed form (the Pollaczek–Khintchine formula for M/G/1, the geometric law for G/M/1). For general distributions it has none, and the mean wait depends on the whole distributions of the interarrival and service times, not only on their moments. Capacity planning still needs numbers. Bounds that use only the first two moments are therefore the practical tool. They say how bad congestion can be for any queue with a given arrival rate, service rate and variabilities, and they become exact as the traffic intensity approaches one.

This mission formalizes Chapter 7, §7.1 of Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651), together with the heavy-traffic Theorem 7.1 of §7.2.3.

Timeline. Lindley (Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc., 1952) derived the recursion for successive waiting times and characterized the stationary law. Kingman (Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc., 1961, 1962) proved the heavy-traffic exponential limit. In "Some inequalities for the queue GI/G/1" (Biometrika, 1962) he proved the two-moment upper bound. Marshall (1968) derived further moment relations and bounds (Operations Research, 1968). Marchal (Operations Research, 1978) gave the lower bound (7.14).

Setting

A G/G/1 queue is specified by two probability laws on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞): the law AAA of an interarrival time TTT and the law BBB of a service time SSS. Both have finite second moments, and

E[T]=1λ,E[S]=1μ,σA2=Var[T],σB2=Var[S],ρ=λμ.E[T] = \frac1\lambda,\quad E[S] = \frac1\mu,\quad \sigma_A^2 = \mathrm{Var}[T],\quad \sigma_B^2 = \mathrm{Var}[S],\quad \rho = \frac{\lambda}{\mu}.E[T]=λ1​,E[S]=μ1​,σA2​=Var[T],σB2​=Var[S],ρ=μλ​.

The pairs (S(n),T(n))(S^{(n)}, T^{(n)})(S(n),T(n)) are independent and identically distributed, and S(n)S^{(n)}S(n) is independent of T(n)T^{(n)}T(n). Customers are served first come, first served. The line delay Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ of the nnnth customer obeys Lindley's recursion

Wq(n+1)=max⁡(0, Wq(n)+U(n)),U(n)=S(n)−T(n),(7.1)W_q^{(n+1)} = \max\bigl(0,\ W_q^{(n)} + U^{(n)}\bigr), \qquad U^{(n)} = S^{(n)} - T^{(n)}, \tag{7.1}Wq(n+1)​=max(0, Wq(n)​+U(n)),U(n)=S(n)−T(n),(7.1)

and Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ is independent of (S(n),T(n))(S^{(n)}, T^{(n)})(S(n),T(n)). The idle gap X(n)=−min⁡(0,Wq(n)+U(n))X^{(n)} = -\min(0, W_q^{(n)} + U^{(n)})X(n)=−min(0,Wq(n)​+U(n)) is the time between the nnnth departure and the next start of service.

The queue is stationary when the law ν\nuν of Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ does not depend on nnn, that is, when one step of (7.1) maps ν\nuν to itself. The mean stationary line delay is Wq=E[Wq(n)]=∫w dν(w)W_q = E[W_q^{(n)}] = \int w\,d\nu(w)Wq​=E[Wq(n)​]=∫wdν(w). In the Lean development these objects are IsGG1Input A B lam mu, lindley, idleX, IsStationaryWaitLaw A B ν and meanWait ν, in the namespace QueueingFundamentals.Bounds.

Formalization targets

Goal: Kingman's upper bound (7.13)

For every stationary G/G/1 queue with ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, WqW_qWq​ is finite and

Wq≤λ(σA2+σB2)2(1−ρ).W_q \le \frac{\lambda(\sigma_A^2 + \sigma_B^2)}{2(1-\rho)}.Wq​≤2(1−ρ)λ(σA2​+σB2​)​.

Milestones

  • the idle-gap identity E[X]=−E[U]=1/λ−1/μE[X] = -E[U] = 1/\lambda - 1/\muE[X]=−E[U]=1/λ−1/μ (7.4), and the mean-wait formula (7.7)
Wq=E[X2]−E[U2]2E[U];W_q = \frac{E[X^2] - E[U^2]}{2E[U]};Wq​=2E[U]E[X2]−E[U2]​;
  • the variance of the interdeparture time D=S(n+1)+X(n)D = S^{(n+1)} + X^{(n)}D=S(n+1)+X(n) (7.12): Var[D]=2σB2+σA2−2Wq(1/λ−1/μ)\mathrm{Var}[D] = 2\sigma_B^2 + \sigma_A^2 - 2W_q(1/\lambda - 1/\mu)Var[D]=2σB2​+σA2​−2Wq​(1/λ−1/μ);
  • Marchal's lower bound (7.14), Wq≥(λ2σB2+ρ(ρ−2))/(2λ(1−ρ))W_q \ge (\lambda^2\sigma_B^2 + \rho(\rho-2))/(2\lambda(1-\rho))Wq​≥(λ2σB2​+ρ(ρ−2))/(2λ(1−ρ));
  • the distributional lower bound Wq≥r0W_q \ge r_0Wq​≥r0​, with r0r_0r0​ the unique nonnegative root of f(z)=z−∫−z∞[1−U(t)] dtf(z) = z - \int_{-z}^\infty [1 - U(t)]\,dtf(z)=z−∫−z∞​[1−U(t)]dt and U(t)U(t)U(t) the CDF of S−TS - TS−T ((7.15), (7.16));
  • the two-sided estimate (7.17), max⁡(0,r0,λ2σB2+ρ(ρ−2)2λ(1−ρ))≤Wq≤λ(σA2+σB2)2(1−ρ)\max\bigl(0, r_0, \tfrac{\lambda^2\sigma_B^2 + \rho(\rho-2)}{2\lambda(1-\rho)}\bigr) \le W_q \le \tfrac{\lambda(\sigma_A^2+\sigma_B^2)}{2(1-\rho)}max(0,r0​,2λ(1−ρ)λ2σB2​+ρ(ρ−2)​)≤Wq​≤2(1−ρ)λ(σA2​+σB2​)​;
  • Theorem 7.1 (heavy traffic): for a sequence of G/G/1 queues with ρj→1\rho_j \to 1ρj​→1, αj=−E[Sj−Tj]\alpha_j = -E[S_j - T_j]αj​=−E[Sj​−Tj​] and βj2=Var[Sj−Tj]\beta_j^2 = \mathrm{Var}[S_j - T_j]βj2​=Var[Sj​−Tj​], under convergence of the input laws, Var[S−T]>0\mathrm{Var}[S - T] > 0Var[S−T]>0 and uniformly bounded (2+δ)(2+\delta)(2+δ)-moments,
2αjβj2 Wq,j→dExp(1).\frac{2\alpha_j}{\beta_j^2}\,W_{q,j} \xrightarrow{d} \mathrm{Exp}(1).βj2​2αj​​Wq,j​d​Exp(1).

The goal is (7.13) rather than the stronger (7.17) because it depends only on the first two moments of the input.

Significance

Kingman's bound is the most widely used performance estimate for single-server queues. It needs no distributional form, only two means and two variances. It yields the "Kingman formula" approximation used across manufacturing and service operations, and it is asymptotically exact as ρ→1\rho \to 1ρ→1 (Theorem 7.1). The departure variance (7.12) drives the decomposition approximations for networks of §7.3. The heavy-traffic theorem is the entry point to diffusion approximations of queues.

All results here are proved in the literature (Theorem 7.1 is stated in the book without proof). This mission produces the first machine-checked versions. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of these statements, and no stationary Lindley recursion, has been formalized. The substrate it needs is reusable for any mission on G/G/1, G/G/c or random walks: stationary laws of a recursion on distributions, moment identities for max⁡(0,⋅)\max(0,\cdot)max(0,⋅), and convergence in distribution.

Difficulty

The book's derivation squares (7.3) and takes expectations, using E[(Wq(n+1))2]=E[(Wq(n))2]E[(W_q^{(n+1)})^2] = E[(W_q^{(n)})^2]E[(Wq(n+1)​)2]=E[(Wq(n)​)2]. That step is valid only if the stationary wait has a finite second moment. It is not assumed here and fails in general: with finite second moments of SSS and TTT the stationary wait has a finite mean, but its second moment is finite only if E[S3]<∞E[S^3] < \inftyE[S3]<∞. So the moment identity (7.7) cannot be obtained by cancelling second moments. A truncation or limiting argument is needed, and even the finiteness of WqW_qWq​ has to be proved rather than assumed. The lower bound Wq≥r0W_q \ge r_0Wq​≥r0​ further needs a Jensen argument for the conditional mean of one Lindley step. Theorem 7.1 needs a uniform-integrability argument across a sequence of queues.

Formalization scope

Conventions committed to in Lean:

  • laws, not random variables: AAA, BBB and the stationary law ν\nuν are Measure ℝ; independence of Wq(n),S(n),T(n)W_q^{(n)}, S^{(n)}, T^{(n)}Wq(n)​,S(n),T(n) (and S(n+1)S^{(n+1)}S(n+1) for DDD) is the product measure;
  • the input laws are probability measures on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with finite second moments (MemLp id 2), E[T]=1/λE[T] = 1/\lambdaE[T]=1/λ, E[S]=1/μE[S] = 1/\muE[S]=1/μ, λ,μ>0\lambda, \mu > 0λ,μ>0, ρ=λ/μ<1\rho = \lambda/\mu < 1ρ=λ/μ<1;
  • stationarity is invariance of the whole law ν\nuν under one step of (7.1), not equality of means;
  • WqW_qWq​, the variances (Mathlib variance) and f1f_1f1​ are Lebesgue integrals. Every theorem therefore asserts, as part of its conclusion, that ν\nuν has a finite mean, and none assumes a finite second moment of ν\nuν;
  • U(t)U(t)U(t) is Mathlib's cdf of the law of S−TS - TS−T;
  • convergence in distribution is convergence of ∫g\int g∫g for all bounded continuous ggg, and Exp(1)\mathrm{Exp}(1)Exp(1) is expMeasure 1.

Closed forms carried by the statements: (7.4), (7.7), (7.12), (7.13), (7.14) and (7.17) exactly as printed, and the scaling 2αj/βj22\alpha_j/\beta_j^22αj​/βj2​ of Theorem 7.1.

Stating (7.13) with WqW_qWq​, E[X2]E[X^2]E[X2] or the idle probability as free real numbers constrained by (7.7) would reduce it to algebra. Here WqW_qWq​ is always the mean of a stationary law of the queue.

Not formalized: (7.5) and (7.8), which need the idle-period law III and the arrival-point probability q0q_0q0​ as separate objects, and the multiserver bounds of §7.1.3. Proofs of any milestone are welcome, as are reusable lemmas on stationary laws of Lindley's recursion (existence, uniqueness, and finiteness of the mean under E[S2]<∞E[S^2] < \inftyE[S2]<∞).

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • D. V. Lindley, The theory of queues with a single server, Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 48 (1952)
  • J. F. C. Kingman, The single server queue in heavy traffic, Math. Proc. Cambridge Philos. Soc. 57 (1961)
  • J. F. C. Kingman, Some inequalities for the queue GI/G/1, Biometrika 49 (1962)
  • K. T. Marshall, Some inequalities in queuing, Operations Research 16 (1968)
  • W. G. Marchal, Some simpler bounds on the mean queuing time, Operations Research 26 (1978)
10 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Linear OptimizationOperations Research·Captain: mikedeng1

Optimization of Multiclass Queueing Networks: Polyhedral and Nonlinear Characterizations of Achievable Performance II: An O(n²) Extended Formulation of the Multiclass M/M/1 Performance PolymatroidResearch Paper

Motivation

A single server shared by several classes of customers is the basic model of scheduling under uncertainty: jobs of different types arrive at random, need random amounts of work, and a scheduler decides at every moment which type to serve. A classical way to optimize such a system, the achievable region approach, describes the set of all performance vectors that some scheduling policy can attain, and optimizes a linear cost over that set with linear programming. For the multiclass M/M/1 queue under preemptive, work-conserving scheduling, this set is a polyhedron described by conservation laws (Coffman and Mitrani, 1980; Gelenbe and Mitrani, 1980; Shanthikumar and Yao, 1992): it is the base of a polymatroid, its vertices are the performance vectors of the n!n!n! strict priority rules, and minimizing a linear cost over it is solved greedily, which recovers the cμc\mucμ rule.

That description uses one inequality for every nonempty set of classes, 2n−12^n-12n−1 constraints in all. Bertsimas, Paschalidis and Tsitsiklis (working paper 1992, Annals of Applied Probability 1994) derived performance bounds for general multiclass networks from quadratic potential functions. Specialized to one station, their nonparametric method produces a different polyhedron, in O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) variables with O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) constraints, and they show that its projection is exactly the conservation-law polyhedron (Theorem 8.4). The paper remarks that this confirms, for this polymatroid, the belief that problems solvable in polynomial time admit polynomial-size formulations.

Setting

There are nnn customer classes E={1,…,n}E=\{1,\dots,n\}E={1,…,n}. Class iii has arrival rate λi>0\lambda_i>0λi​>0 and service rate μi>0\mu_i>0μi​>0; its traffic intensity is ρi=λi/μi\rho_i=\lambda_i/\mu_iρi​=λi​/μi​, and the queue is stable: ∑i∈Eρi<1\sum_{i\in E}\rho_i<1∑i∈E​ρi​<1. For S⊆ES\subseteq ES⊆E define

b(S)=∑i∈Sρi/μi1−∑i∈Sρi,b(∅)=0.b(S)=\frac{\sum_{i\in S}\rho_i/\mu_i}{1-\sum_{i\in S}\rho_i},\qquad b(\emptyset)=0 .b(S)=1−∑i∈S​ρi​∑i∈S​ρi​/μi​​,b(∅)=0.

In the queue, nin_ini​ is the steady-state mean number of class iii customers and ni/μin_i/\mu_ini​/μi​ their mean remaining work; b(S)b(S)b(S) is the mean work of the classes in SSS when those classes have preemptive priority over the rest.

The performance polymatroid P1 (Theorem 8.3) is the set of (ni)∈R+n(n_i)\in\mathbb R_+^n(ni​)∈R+n​ with

∑i∈Sniμi≥b(S)(S⊂E),∑i∈Eniμi=b(E).\sum_{i\in S}\frac{n_i}{\mu_i}\ge b(S)\quad (S\subset E),\qquad \sum_{i\in E}\frac{n_i}{\mu_i}=b(E).i∈S∑​μi​ni​​≥b(S)(S⊂E),i∈E∑​μi​ni​​=b(E).

For a permutation π=(π1,…,πn)\pi=(\pi_1,\dots,\pi_n)π=(π1​,…,πn​) of EEE, the vector v(π)v(\pi)v(π) is the solution of the triangular system ∑j=1kxπj/μπj=b({π1,…,πk})\sum_{j=1}^{k}x_{\pi_j}/\mu_{\pi_j}=b(\{\pi_1,\dots,\pi_k\})∑j=1k​xπj​​/μπj​​=b({π1​,…,πk​}), k=1,…,nk=1,\dots,nk=1,…,n (Eq. (58) with fiS=1/μif_i^S=1/\mu_ifiS​=1/μi​).

The extended formulation P2 (Theorem 8.4) is the set of nonnegative (ni)i∈E(n_i)_{i\in E}(ni​)i∈E​ and (Iij)i,j∈E(I_{ij})_{i,j\in E}(Iij​)i,j∈E​ satisfying

μiIii−λini=λi,μiIij+μjIji−λjni−λinj=0 (i≠j),∑i∈EIij=nj.\mu_iI_{ii}-\lambda_in_i=\lambda_i,\qquad \mu_iI_{ij}+\mu_jI_{ji}-\lambda_jn_i-\lambda_in_j=0\ (i\neq j),\qquad \sum_{i\in E}I_{ij}=n_j .μi​Iii​−λi​ni​=λi​,μi​Iij​+μj​Iji​−λj​ni​−λi​nj​=0 (i=j),i∈E∑​Iij​=nj​.

In the queue, IijI_{ij}Iij​ is the steady-state mean of the number of class jjj customers on the event that the server is busy with class iii. The projection P2′\mathrm{P2}'P2′ of P2 is the set of (ni)(n_i)(ni​) for which some (Iij)(I_{ij})(Iij​) makes ((ni),(Iij))((n_i),(I_{ij}))((ni​),(Iij​)) a point of P2.

Formalization targets

Goal: Theorem 8.4

P2′=P1.\mathrm{P2}'=\mathrm{P1}.P2′=P1.

Both inclusions are part of the goal. The statement fixes no constants and holds for every nnn, every positive rate vector and every stable load.

Milestones

  1. §8.2, proof of Theorem 8.3. The extreme points of P1 are exactly the vectors v(π)v(\pi)v(π), and P1 is their convex hull:
ext⁡P1={v(π)},P1=conv⁡{v(π)}.\operatorname{ext}\mathrm{P1}=\{v(\pi)\},\qquad \mathrm{P1}=\operatorname{conv}\{v(\pi)\}.extP1={v(π)},P1=conv{v(π)}.
  1. §8.2, proof of Theorem 8.4. The easy inclusion, which the paper obtains from its Theorem 4.4:
P2′⊆P1.\mathrm{P2}'\subseteq\mathrm{P1}.P2′⊆P1.

Significance

The result. Theorem 8.4 replaces 2n−12^n-12n−1 constraints by O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) constraints in O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) variables without changing the projected set. Any linear program over the M/M/1 performance region, including problems with side constraints where the greedy cμc\mucμ rule no longer applies, can then be solved with a polynomial-size LP. It also identifies the paper's nonparametric method as exact at a single station: the method loses nothing there, which is the baseline against which its gaps in networks are measured.

Formalizing it. The result is proved in the paper, but the reverse inclusion P1⊆P2′\mathrm{P1}\subseteq\mathrm{P2}'P1⊆P2′ is argued through achievability: every point of P1 is the performance of some (randomized) policy, and every policy's performance satisfies the equations of P2. That argument rests on stochastic objects (invariant distributions under arbitrary policies, and time-0 randomizations over priority rules) that the paper does not define precisely. The paper points to a purely combinatorial derivation in Paschalidis' thesis, which we have not seen. A machine-checked proof of the polyhedral identity is therefore new content: it supplies the deterministic argument the paper delegates. The polymatroid structure of P1 (Milestone 1) is classical for supermodular set functions; this mission requires it for this specific bbb. We know of no formalization of either result.

Difficulty

The inclusion P2′⊆P1\mathrm{P2}'\subseteq\mathrm{P1}P2′⊆P1 only combines the equations of P2 with nonnegativity. The reverse inclusion is the hard half: for each point of P1 one must exhibit a nonnegative matrix (Iij)(I_{ij})(Iij​) satisfying n2n^2n2 linear equations, and the inequalities of P1 say nothing directly about the off-diagonal entries IijI_{ij}Iij​. The paper's own argument does not help here, since it produces III as a steady-state expectation under a scheduling policy, an object defined through a Markov chain and given in no closed form. The sign constraints Iij≥0I_{ij}\ge0Iij​≥0 are where the 2n−12^n-12n−1 inequalities of P1 are encoded, and a proof has to explain how O(n2)O(n^2)O(n2) sign conditions on auxiliary variables carry exactly the information of exponentially many inequalities in the original ones.

Formalization scope

Classes are Fin n; rates are real functions lam mu : Fin n → ℝ with 0 < lam i, 0 < mu i and ∑ i, lam i / mu i < 1. The paper's nin_ini​ is written x i, because n is the number of classes. A point of P2 is a pair (x, I) with I i j =Iij=I_{ij}=Iij​, including the diagonal entries. P1 is the platform definition AllocationIndices.achievablePolytope with the matrix AiS=1/μiA^S_i=1/\mu_iAiS​=1/μi​: inequality for every S≠ES\neq ES=E, equality at S=ES=ES=E, nonnegativity. The paper writes NNN for the class set EEE in (65) and (71); every such sum runs over all classes. The constraints (64)–(65) bound ni/μin_i/\mu_ini​/μi​, not nin_ini​. v(π)v(\pi)v(π) is given by its closed form, v(π)πk=μπk(b({π1,…,πk})−b({π1,…,πk−1}))v(\pi)_{\pi_k}=\mu_{\pi_k}\bigl(b(\{\pi_1,\dots,\pi_k\})-b(\{\pi_1,\dots,\pi_{k-1}\})\bigr)v(π)πk​​=μπk​​(b({π1​,…,πk​})−b({π1​,…,πk−1​})), which solves (58). The standing hypothesis λi>0\lambda_i>0λi​>0 is presupposed by the model (Poisson arrivals at rate λi\lambda_iλi​); the load condition is the paper's stability condition and keeps every denominator of bbb positive.

No statement involves a policy, a Markov chain or an expectation; the queueing meaning above is motivation only. In particular, neither "P1 is the achievable region" nor "the performance vector of each priority rule is achievable" is formalized. The goal is the full set identity: stating only P2′⊆P1\mathrm{P2}'\subseteq\mathrm{P1}P2′⊆P1, or assuming P1=conv⁡{v(π)}\mathrm{P1}=\operatorname{conv}\{v(\pi)\}P1=conv{v(π)} as a hypothesis of the goal, would not be Theorem 8.4.

A complete development needs: supermodularity of bbb under the load condition; the greedy (Edmonds) description of base polytopes of supermodular functions, which is reusable well beyond this mission; and a nonnegative solution of the P2 system at each v(π)v(\pi)v(π). Contributions of any of these as separate lemmas are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Bertsimas, I. Ch. Paschalidis, J. N. Tsitsiklis, Optimization of Multiclass Queueing Networks: Polyhedral and Nonlinear Characterizations of Achievable Performance, MIT Sloan School WP #3509-92-MSA, 1992; Annals of Applied Probability 4(1):43–75, 1994. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoap/1177005200
  • E. G. Coffman, I. Mitrani, A characterization of waiting time performance realizable by single-server queues, Operations Research 28(3):810–821, 1980. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.28.3.810
  • J. G. Shanthikumar, D. D. Yao, Multiclass queueing systems: polymatroidal structure and optimal scheduling control, Operations Research 40(S2):S293–S299, 1992. https://doi.org/10.1287/opre.40.3.S293
  • D. Bertsimas, J. Niño-Mora, Conservation laws, extended polymatroids and multiarmed bandit problems; a polyhedral approach to indexable systems, Mathematics of Operations Research 21(2):257–306, 1996. https://doi.org/10.1287/moor.21.2.257
  • J. Edmonds, Submodular functions, matroids, and certain polyhedra, in Combinatorial Structures and Their Applications, Gordon and Breach, 1970, pp. 69–87.
5 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Operations ResearchProbabilityStatistics·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory VIII: Lindley's Integral Equation for the G/G/1 QueueTextbook

Why the G/G/1 queue

The single-server queue with general interarrival times and general service times, written G/G/1 in Kendall's notation, is the model left when every distributional assumption is removed from the classical single-server queue. Customers arrive one at a time, wait in line in first-come, first-served order, and are served one at a time. Almost nothing about it can be computed in closed form. What survives is a recursion for the waiting times of successive customers and the integral equation of its steady state, due to Lindley (Lindley, 1952). Every exact and approximate treatment of the G/G/1 waiting time, including the bounds of the next chapter of the book, starts from that equation.

This mission is the eighth of a series formalizing Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory (4th ed., Wiley 2008, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651). It covers Chapter 6, "General Models and Theoretical Topics". The chapter also treats the G/E_k/1 characteristic equation (§6.1), the M/D/c queue (§6.3) and maximum-likelihood estimation for M/M/1 (§6.7), which appear here as further milestones.

Timeline. Lindley (1952) derived the recursion and the integral equation and showed that a limiting waiting-time distribution exists when the mean service time is smaller than the mean interarrival time. Loynes (1962) gave the stationary solution as a supremum over the past of a random walk, for stationary rather than independent inputs. Clarke (1957) derived the maximum-likelihood estimators for M/M/1, and Crommelin (1932) the M/D/c generating function. Chaudhry, Harris and Marchal (1990) located the roots of the G/E_k/1 characteristic equation.

Setting

The interarrival times T(n)T^{(n)}T(n) are independent with common distribution AAA, the service times S(n)S^{(n)}S(n) are independent with common distribution BBB, and the two sequences are independent. Both AAA and BBB are lifetime laws: probability distributions on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞). The means are E[T]=1/λ\mathrm E[T]=1/\lambdaE[T]=1/λ and E[S]=1/μ\mathrm E[S]=1/\muE[S]=1/μ, and the traffic intensity is ρ=λ/μ=E[S]/E[T]\rho=\lambda/\mu=\mathrm E[S]/\mathrm E[T]ρ=λ/μ=E[S]/E[T].

The line delay Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ of the nnnth customer satisfies Lindley's recursion

Wq(n+1)=max⁡(0,  Wq(n)+S(n)−T(n)).W_q^{(n+1)}=\max\bigl(0,\;W_q^{(n)}+S^{(n)}-T^{(n)}\bigr).Wq(n+1)​=max(0,Wq(n)​+S(n)−T(n)).

Write UUU for the distribution of S−TS-TS−T with S∼BS\sim BS∼B and T∼AT\sim AT∼A independent. Since Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ is independent of (S(n),T(n))(S^{(n)},T^{(n)})(S(n),T(n)), one step of the recursion sends the distribution ν\nuν of Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ to the distribution of max⁡(0,W+U)\max(0,W+U)max(0,W+U) with W∼νW\sim\nuW∼ν independent of UUU. A stationary delay distribution is a probability distribution ν\nuν that this step maps to itself; its CDF is Wq(t)=ν((−∞,t])W_q(t)=\nu((-\infty,t])Wq​(t)=ν((−∞,t]).

Formalization targets

Goal: Lindley's equation (6.8)

If E[T]\mathrm E[T]E[T] and E[S]\mathrm E[S]E[S] are finite and ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1, then a stationary delay distribution exists, and the CDF of every stationary delay distribution satisfies

Wq(t)={∫−∞tWq(t−x) dU(x)(0≤t<∞),0(t<0),U(x)=∫max⁡(0,x)∞B(y) dA(y−x).W_q(t)=\begin{cases}\displaystyle\int_{-\infty}^{t}W_q(t-x)\,dU(x) & (0\le t<\infty),\\ 0 & (t<0),\end{cases} \qquad U(x)=\int_{\max(0,x)}^{\infty}B(y)\,dA(y-x).Wq​(t)=⎩⎨⎧​∫−∞t​Wq​(t−x)dU(x)0​(0≤t<∞),(t<0),​U(x)=∫max(0,x)∞​B(y)dA(y−x).

The goal consists of the existence statement and the equation together. The equation alone is close to unfolding one step of the recursion. Existence is what ties it to a queue in steady state.

Milestones

  • (6.9), the CDF of U=S−TU=S-TU=S−T as a convolution of BBB and AAA.
  • The one-step convolution (p.285): Wq(n+1)(t)=∫−∞tWq(n)(t−x) dU(x)W_q^{(n+1)}(t)=\int_{-\infty}^{t}W_q^{(n)}(t-x)\,dU(x)Wq(n+1)​(t)=∫−∞t​Wq(n)​(t−x)dU(x) for t≥0t\ge0t≥0.
  • (6.10)–(6.12), the Wiener–Hopf form: Wq−(t)+Wq(t)=∫−∞tWq(t−x) dU(x)W_q^-(t)+W_q(t)=\int_{-\infty}^t W_q(t-x)\,dU(x)Wq−​(t)+Wq​(t)=∫−∞t​Wq​(t−x)dU(x) for all ttt, and Wˉq(s)=Wˉq−(s)/(A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1)\bar W_q(s)=\bar W_q^-(s)/(A^*(-s)B^*(s)-1)Wˉq​(s)=Wˉq−​(s)/(A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1) for two-sided Laplace transforms.
  • The G/E_k/1 root result (p.278): the characteristic equation zk=A∗[kμ(1−z)]z^k=A^*[k\mu(1-z)]zk=A∗[kμ(1−z)] has exactly one root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), one in (−1,0)(-1,0)(−1,0) exactly when kkk is even, and, when A∗=[A1∗]kA^*=[A_1^*]^kA∗=[A1∗​]k, exactly kkk distinct roots in the open unit disk.
  • (6.18)–(6.20), the M/D/c generating function and p0p_0p0​ in terms of the roots of zc=e−λ(1−z)z^c=e^{-\lambda(1-z)}zc=e−λ(1−z).
  • (6.33), the maximum-likelihood estimators λ^=na/t\hat\lambda=n_a/tλ^=na​/t, μ^=nc/tb\hat\mu=n_c/t_bμ^​=nc​/tb​ for M/M/1.

Significance

Lindley's equation characterizes the stationary G/G/1 waiting time without any distributional assumption. The M/M/1, M/G/1 and G/M/1 waiting-time distributions of earlier chapters are its special cases. The transform relation (6.12) reduces the G/G/1 delay to a factorization problem for A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1A^*(-s)B^*(s)-1A∗(−s)B∗(s)−1. The recursion and the equation are the starting point of Kingman's bound, of heavy-traffic approximations and of simulation of single-server systems.

All of these results are classical and proved. As far as a search of the platform shows, none of them is formalized. The platform's forward-coupling mission proves convergence to a stationary workload of a continuous-time queue that it assumes to exist. It proves neither the existence of a stationary law of Lindley's discrete recursion nor Lindley's equation. The mission therefore produces a machine-checked account of the G/G/1 recursion on distributions, a Loynes-type existence theorem for it, and the Wiener–Hopf transform identity. Its definitions (lifetime laws, the law of S−TS-TS−T, the law map of the recursion, two-sided transforms) are reusable for Kingman's bound in the next mission of the series.

Difficulty

The obvious route to existence is to iterate the recursion from Wq(0)=0W_q^{(0)}=0Wq(0)​=0 and take a limit. The distributions of Wq(n)W_q^{(n)}Wq(n)​ from zero increase stochastically, but a limit of CDFs need not be a probability distribution: mass can escape to infinity, and it does when ρ>1\rho>1ρ>1. Ruling this out under ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 is the whole content of the existence half. It is a statement about the entire past of the input sequences, not about one step of the recursion, and the book asserts it without argument ("In the steady state (ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1) …", p.285).

The transform identity (6.12) needs the right strip of convergence, which the book does not state. A∗(−s)A^*(-s)A∗(−s) is finite only where the interarrival time has an exponential moment.

Formalization scope

Distributions are Mathlib measures on R\mathbb RR. AAA and BBB are probability measures with no mass on (−∞,0)(-\infty,0)(−∞,0), with integrable identity where means are used. ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1 is stated as E[S]/E[T]<1\mathrm E[S]/\mathrm E[T]<1E[S]/E[T]<1 with E[T]>0\mathrm E[T]>0E[T]>0. Independence is encoded by product measures: UUU is the image of B⊗AB\otimes AB⊗A under (s,t)↦s−t(s,t)\mapsto s-t(s,t)↦s−t, and one step of the recursion is the image of ν⊗U\nu\otimes Uν⊗U under (w,u)↦max⁡(0,w+u)(w,u)\mapsto\max(0,w+u)(w,u)↦max(0,w+u). Stieltjes integrals over (−∞,t](-\infty,t](−∞,t] are Lebesgue integrals over the closed half-line, so the atom Wq(0)=q0W_q(0)=q_0Wq​(0)=q0​ is counted. Transforms take complex arguments.

The closed forms carried by the statements are the following.

  • (6.8), in both of the book's forms, ∫−∞tWq(t−x) dU(x)\int_{-\infty}^t W_q(t-x)\,dU(x)∫−∞t​Wq​(t−x)dU(x) and −∫0∞Wq(y) dU(t−y)-\int_0^\infty W_q(y)\,dU(t-y)−∫0∞​Wq​(y)dU(t−y).
  • (6.9) as an integral against the law of T+xT+xT+x.
  • U∗(s)=A∗(−s)B∗(s)U^*(s)=A^*(-s)B^*(s)U∗(s)=A∗(−s)B∗(s) and (6.12), for 0<Re⁡s0<\operatorname{Re}s0<Res with ∫e(Re⁡s)x dA(x)<∞\int e^{(\operatorname{Re}s)x}\,dA(x)<\infty∫e(Res)xdA(x)<∞. The division is stated only where A∗(−s)B∗(s)≠1A^*(-s)B^*(s)\ne1A∗(−s)B∗(s)=1.
  • (6.18) and (6.19) with the denominator 1−zceλ(1−z)1-z^ce^{\lambda(1-z)}1−zceλ(1−z) cleared on ∣z∣≤1|z|\le1∣z∣≤1, and (6.20) for c≥2c\ge2c≥2. The roots z1,…,zc−1z_1,\dots,z_{c-1}z1​,…,zc−1​ are hypotheses: distinct, ≠1\ne1=1, and exhausting the roots in the closed disk.
  • (6.33) as the unique maximizer of −λt−μtb+naln⁡λ+ncln⁡μ-\lambda t-\mu t_b+n_a\ln\lambda+n_c\ln\mu−λt−μtb​+na​lnλ+nc​lnμ over λ,μ>0\lambda,\mu>0λ,μ>0.

A stationary delay distribution is a fixed point of the law map of the recursion, not an arbitrary CDF assumed to satisfy (6.8). A statement of (6.8) for "any CDF with Wq=Wq∗UW_q=W_q*UWq​=Wq​∗U on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞)" would assume its own conclusion, and is excluded. The statement for M/D/c includes existence of a steady state under λ<c\lambda<cλ<c as well as the formula for every steady state.

Not formalized: §6.1.1–6.1.2 (G/PH_k/1, quasi-birth–death processes), §6.4 (semi-Markov processes, whose limit theorems the book quotes without hypotheses), §6.5 (random-order and last-come service, series representations), §6.6 (design and control), and the rest of §6.7.

Contributions are welcome on the random-walk representation of the recursion, on the existence theorem under ρ<1\rho<1ρ<1, and on the transform identities. The first two are reusable for any single-server or storage model driven by a reflected random walk.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • D. V. Lindley, "The theory of queues with a single server", Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 48(2), 1952. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100027638
  • R. M. Loynes, "The stability of a queue with non-independent inter-arrival and service times", Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 58(3), 1962. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0305004100036094
  • W. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and Its Applications, Vol. II, 2nd ed., Wiley, 1971.
  • A. B. Clarke, "Maximum likelihood estimates in a simple queue", Annals of Mathematical Statistics 28(4), 1957. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177706796
  • M. L. Chaudhry, C. M. Harris, W. G. Marchal, "Robustness of rootfinding in single-server queueing models", ORSA Journal on Computing 2(3), 1990. https://doi.org/10.1287/ijoc.2.3.273
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory VII: The Geometric Arrival-Point Law of the G/M/1 QueueTextbook

Motivation

Most queueing models with a closed-form answer assume Poisson arrivals. In practice the times between arrivals are often far from exponential: scheduled appointments, batch releases from an upstream process, or arrivals timed by a machine cycle. The G/M/1 queue keeps the service side exponential and makes no assumption about the arrival stream beyond independent, identically distributed interarrival times. It is the standard counterpart of the M/G/1 queue, and its solution is the one used in teaching and in practice whenever the input is not Poisson (Gross, Shortle, Thompson & Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley 2008, §5.3.1, DOI 10.1002/9781118625651).

The answer has an unusually clean form. The number of customers that an arriving customer finds in the system is geometric, exactly as in the M/M/1 queue, with the traffic intensity ρ\rhoρ replaced by a number r0r_0r0​ that depends on the whole interarrival distribution through a single scalar equation. This mission is the seventh of a series formalizing the book chapter by chapter; it covers the G/M/1 half of §5.3 (printed pp.259–263).

Setting

Customers arrive at a single server. The interarrival times are independent with common law AAA, a probability distribution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with CDF A(t)A(t)A(t) and finite mean E[T]=1/λE[T] = 1/\lambdaE[T]=1/λ, λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. Service times are independent exponential random variables with rate μ>0\mu > 0μ>0, and the discipline is first come, first served.

Let XnX_nXn​ be the number of customers in the system just before the nnnth arrival. Between two arrivals the server completes a Poisson number of services (truncated by the number present), so {Xn}\{X_n\}{Xn​} is a Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…}. Its transition probabilities are built from

bk=∫0∞e−μt(μt)kk! dA(t)(k≥0),b_k = \int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-\mu t}(\mu t)^k}{k!}\,dA(t) \qquad (k \ge 0),bk​=∫0∞​k!e−μt(μt)k​dA(t)(k≥0),

the probability of exactly kkk completions during one interarrival time (Eq. (5.50)): pi0=1−∑k=0ibkp_{i0} = 1 - \sum_{k=0}^{i} b_kpi0​=1−∑k=0i​bk​, pij=bi+1−jp_{ij} = b_{i+1-j}pij​=bi+1−j​ for 1≤j≤i+11 \le j \le i+11≤j≤i+1, and pij=0p_{ij} = 0pij​=0 otherwise (Eq. (5.51)). A stationary arrival-point distribution is a probability vector q={qn}q = \{q_n\}q={qn​} with qP=qqP = qqP=q and qe=1qe = 1qe=1 (Eq. (5.52)); qnq_nqn​ is the long-run probability that an arrival finds nnn customers present.

The characteristic equation of the chain is

z=β(z),β(z)=∑n≥0bnzn,z = \beta(z), \qquad \beta(z) = \sum_{n \ge 0} b_n z^n ,z=β(z),β(z)=n≥0∑​bn​zn,

where β\betaβ is the probability generating function of {bn}\{b_n\}{bn​} (Eq. (5.55)). Equivalently z=A∗[μ(1−z)]z = A^*[\mu(1-z)]z=A∗[μ(1−z)] (Eq. (5.56)), where A∗(s)=∫0∞e−sx dA(x)A^*(s) = \int_0^\infty e^{-sx}\,dA(x)A∗(s)=∫0∞​e−sxdA(x) is the Laplace–Stieltjes transform of the interarrival law. The traffic intensity is ρ=λ/μ\rho = \lambda/\muρ=λ/μ.

Formalization targets

Goal: Eq. (5.60), the geometric arrival-point law

If ρ=λ/μ<1\rho = \lambda/\mu < 1ρ=λ/μ<1, there is a number r0r_0r0​ with 0<r0<10 < r_0 < 10<r0​<1 and r0=β(r0)r_0 = \beta(r_0)r0​=β(r0​), it is the only complex root of z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z) in the open unit disk, and

qn=(1−r0) r0 n(n≥0)q_n = (1 - r_0)\, r_0^{\,n} \qquad (n \ge 0)qn​=(1−r0​)r0n​(n≥0)

is a stationary arrival-point distribution and the only one. The root is part of the conclusion, not an assumption.

Milestones

  1. Eqs. (5.51)–(5.53): for a probability vector qqq, qP=qqP = qqP=q is equivalent to qi=∑k≥0qi+k−1bkq_i = \sum_{k\ge0} q_{i+k-1}b_kqi​=∑k≥0​qi+k−1​bk​ (i≥1i \ge 1i≥1) and q0=∑j≥0qj(1−∑k=0jbk)q_0 = \sum_{j\ge0} q_j\bigl(1 - \sum_{k=0}^{j} b_k\bigr)q0​=∑j≥0​qj​(1−∑k=0j​bk​).
  2. p.261: 0<b0<10 < b_0 < 10<b0​<1, bn>0b_n > 0bn​>0 for all nnn, β(1)=1\beta(1) = 1β(1)=1, and β′(1)=∑nnbn=μ/λ\beta'(1) = \sum_n n b_n = \mu/\lambdaβ′(1)=∑n​nbn​=μ/λ.
  3. Eq. (5.56): β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)]\beta(z) = A^*[\mu(1-z)]β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)] for ∣z∣≤1|z| \le 1∣z∣≤1.
  4. Eq. (5.58), Figure 5.2: z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z) has at most one root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1), and one exists if and only if λ/μ<1\lambda/\mu < 1λ/μ<1.
  5. p.262: when λ/μ<1\lambda/\mu < 1λ/μ<1, z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z) has exactly one root with ∣z∣<1|z| < 1∣z∣<1.
  6. Eq. (5.59): successive substitution z(k+1)=β(z(k))z^{(k+1)} = \beta(z^{(k)})z(k+1)=β(z(k)) from any 0<z(0)<10 < z^{(0)} < 10<z(0)<1 converges to r0r_0r0​.
  7. Eq. (5.61): L(A)=r0/(1−r0)L^{(A)} = r_0/(1-r_0)L(A)=r0​/(1−r0​) and Lq(A)=r02/(1−r0)L_q^{(A)} = r_0^2/(1-r_0)Lq(A)​=r02​/(1−r0​).
  8. Eq. (5.62): Wq(t)=1−r0e−μ(1−r0)tW_q(t) = 1 - r_0 e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}Wq​(t)=1−r0​e−μ(1−r0​)t and W(t)=1−e−μ(1−r0)tW(t) = 1 - e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}W(t)=1−e−μ(1−r0​)t for t≥0t \ge 0t≥0.
  9. Eq. (5.63): Wq=r0/(μ(1−r0))W_q = r_0/(\mu(1-r_0))Wq​=r0​/(μ(1−r0​)) and W=1/(μ(1−r0))W = 1/(\mu(1-r_0))W=1/(μ(1−r0​)).

Significance

The result. Equation (5.60) reduces the analysis of a queue with arbitrary renewal input to one scalar root. Every arrival-point performance measure of the M/M/1 queue then carries over with ρ\rhoρ replaced by r0r_0r0​: the mean number found by an arrival, the mean queue found by an arrival, and the full distributions of line delay and system time seen by arrivals (Eqs. (5.61)–(5.63)). The same root drives the multiserver G/M/c analysis later in §5.3 and the relation between arrival-point and time-average probabilities in §6.3. The result also illustrates a point the book stresses: qnq_nqn​ is the distribution seen by arrivals, and it equals the time-average distribution pnp_npn​ only when the input is Poisson.

Formalizing it. The mathematics is classical (the embedded-chain method goes back to Kendall, 1953) and fully proved in the textbook literature; nothing here is open. To our knowledge none of it has a machine-checked proof: the platform had no G/M/1, embedded-chain, or Rouché-type statement when this mission was drafted. The work is to formalize the known argument, which touches analytic facts about power series with nonnegative coefficients, a mixture-of-Poisson computation, a counting of roots in the unit disk, and the uniqueness of the stationary law of an irreducible countable chain.

Difficulty

Locating a real root in (0,1)(0,1)(0,1) is a one-variable question. The hard step is excluding every other complex root inside the unit disk: a real-variable argument says nothing about complex roots, and the book's route relies on Rouché's theorem, which Mathlib does not have. A second point is uniqueness of the stationary vector: showing that the geometric vector solves qP=qqP = qqP=q does not show that no other probability vector does, and the goal asserts both. Computing ∑nnbn=μ/λ\sum_n n b_n = \mu/\lambda∑n​nbn​=μ/λ requires interchanging a sum with the integral against AAA, which is where the finite mean of the interarrival law enters.

Formalization scope

The interarrival law is a measure A : Measure ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure A, A (Set.Iio 0) = 0, integrable identity, and ∫ x ∂A = 1/λ (the structure IsInterarrivalLaw). Every theorem also assumes λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0 and μ>0\mu > 0μ>0. The integrals defining bkb_kbk​ and A∗A^*A∗ are over [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), closed at 000. The generating function β\betaβ takes complex arguments; real roots are written with the real-to-complex coercion. A stationary vector is a function q : ℕ → ℝ with qn≥0q_n \ge 0qn​≥0, HasSum q 1, and HasSum (fun i => q i * p i j) (q j) for every jjj.

The explicit closed forms the statements carry are: the transition matrix (5.51); the equations (5.53); β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)]\beta(z) = A^*[\mu(1-z)]β(z)=A∗[μ(1−z)] (5.56); β′(1)=μ/λ\beta'(1) = \mu/\lambdaβ′(1)=μ/λ; qn=(1−r0)r0nq_n = (1-r_0)r_0^nqn​=(1−r0​)r0n​ (5.60); r0/(1−r0)r_0/(1-r_0)r0​/(1−r0​) and r02/(1−r0)r_0^2/(1-r_0)r02​/(1−r0​) (5.61); 1−r0e−μ(1−r0)t1 - r_0e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}1−r0​e−μ(1−r0​)t and 1−e−μ(1−r0)t1 - e^{-\mu(1-r_0)t}1−e−μ(1−r0​)t (5.62); r0/(μ(1−r0))r_0/(\mu(1-r_0))r0​/(μ(1−r0​)) and 1/(μ(1−r0))1/(\mu(1-r_0))1/(μ(1−r0​)) (5.63). The waiting-time CDFs are defined as in §2.2.5 of the book: Wq(t)=q0+∑n≥1qnPr⁡{n completions in≤t}W_q(t) = q_0 + \sum_{n\ge1} q_n \Pr\{n \text{ completions in} \le t\}Wq​(t)=q0​+∑n≥1​qn​Pr{n completions in≤t} with the Erlang type-nnn CDF, and W(t)W(t)W(t) likewise with n+1n+1n+1 completions. The means in (5.63) are ∫0∞[1−Wq(t)] dt\int_0^\infty [1 - W_q(t)]\,dt∫0∞​[1−Wq​(t)]dt and ∫0∞[1−W(t)] dt\int_0^\infty [1 - W(t)]\,dt∫0∞​[1−W(t)]dt.

A trivializing formalization would take "r0∈(0,1)r_0 \in (0,1)r0​∈(0,1) solves z=β(z)z = \beta(z)z=β(z)" as a hypothesis of the goal, which turns (5.60) into a geometric-series check; here existence, location and uniqueness of the root, and uniqueness of the stationary vector, are all conclusions.

Out of scope for this mission: the M/G/c and M/G/∞ results of §5.2 and the multiserver G/M/c analysis of §5.3.2. Reusable pieces include a Rouché-type or fixed-point counting lemma for power series with nonnegative coefficients summing to one, and the uniqueness of stationary laws for irreducible chains on N\mathbb NN. Contributions of either kind are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §5.3.1, pp.259–263. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • D. G. Kendall, "Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain", Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24(3), 1953, 338–354. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728975
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
🏆Completed
Markov ChainOperations ResearchProbability·Captain: mikedeng1

Fundamentals of Queueing Theory VI: The Pollaczek–Khintchine Transform for the M/G/1 QueueTextbook

Motivation

The M/G/1 queue is the single-server queue with Poisson arrivals and an arbitrary service-time distribution. It is the first queueing model beyond the birth–death family in which exact formulas survive. It is also the model a practitioner reaches for when service times are measured and visibly not exponential: repair times, transmission times of variable-length packets, machining times. Its central result is the Pollaczek–Khintchine formula, first obtained by Pollaczek (1930) and Khintchine (1932). It expresses the stationary queue in terms of the service distribution, and it shows that the mean wait grows linearly in the squared coefficient of variation of service. That makes variability, and not only load, a measurable driver of congestion.

The textbook treatment followed here is Gross, Shortle, Thompson and Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed. (Wiley 2008), §5.1. It derives the result through Kendall's (1953) imbedded Markov chain of system sizes at departure epochs. It then obtains the transforms of the waiting times and the busy-period functional equation of Takács (1962).

Setting

Customers arrive in a Poisson stream of rate λ>0\lambda > 0λ>0. Service times SSS are independent with distribution BBB, a probability distribution on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) with mean E[S]\mathrm E[S]E[S], and the discipline is first-come first-served. The traffic intensity is ρ=λ E[S]\rho = \lambda\,\mathrm E[S]ρ=λE[S].

Let XnX_nXn​ be the number of customers the nnnth departing customer leaves behind. The number of arrivals during one service time equals iii with probability

ki=∫0∞e−λt(λt)ii! dB(t),k_i = \int_0^\infty \frac{e^{-\lambda t}(\lambda t)^i}{i!}\,dB(t),ki​=∫0∞​i!e−λt(λt)i​dB(t),

and (Xn)(X_n)(Xn​) is a Markov chain on {0,1,2,… }\{0,1,2,\dots\}{0,1,2,…} whose transition matrix PPP has first row (k0,k1,k2,… )(k_0,k_1,k_2,\dots)(k0​,k1​,k2​,…) and, for i≥1i \ge 1i≥1, entries pij=kj−i+1p_{ij} = k_{j-i+1}pij​=kj−i+1​ for j≥i−1j \ge i-1j≥i−1 and 000 otherwise. A stationary distribution is a probability vector π\piπ with πP=π\pi P = \piπP=π. Its generating function is Π(z)=∑iπizi\Pi(z) = \sum_i \pi_i z^iΠ(z)=∑i​πi​zi, and that of the arrivals per service is K(z)=∑ikiziK(z) = \sum_i k_i z^iK(z)=∑i​ki​zi, for complex ∣z∣≤1|z| \le 1∣z∣≤1. The Laplace–Stieltjes transform of a distribution FFF on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞) is F∗(s)=∫0∞e−st dF(t)F^*(s) = \int_0^\infty e^{-st}\,dF(t)F∗(s)=∫0∞​e−stdF(t). In the Lean development these are arrivalProb, transitionMatrix, IsStationaryDist, pgf, utilization and lst in the namespace QueueingFundamentals.MG1.

Formalization targets

Goal: the Pollaczek–Khintchine transform formula (5.15)–(5.16)

If E[S]<∞\mathrm E[S] < \inftyE[S]<∞ and ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1, the chain has a stationary distribution, and every stationary distribution satisfies π0=1−ρ\pi_0 = 1-\rhoπ0​=1−ρ and

Π(z)=(1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)K(z)−z,∣z∣≤1, z≠1,\Pi(z) = \frac{(1-\rho)(1-z)K(z)}{K(z)-z}, \qquad |z| \le 1,\ z \ne 1,Π(z)=K(z)−z(1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)​,∣z∣≤1, z=1,

with K(z)≠zK(z) \ne zK(z)=z at each such zzz. It leaves the service distribution completely general.

Milestones

  1. The stationary equations (5.12): πi=π0ki+∑j=1i+1πjki−j+1\pi_i = \pi_0 k_i + \sum_{j=1}^{i+1}\pi_j k_{i-j+1}πi​=π0​ki​+∑j=1i+1​πj​ki−j+1​.
  2. The transform (5.14), Π(z)=π0(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z)\Pi(z) = \pi_0(1-z)K(z)/(K(z)-z)Π(z)=π0​(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z), with π0\pi_0π0​ free and no condition on ρ\rhoρ.
  3. Ergodicity (§5.1.4): a unique stationary distribution exists if and only if ρ<1\rho < 1ρ<1.
  4. The departure-point mean (5.7): L(D)=ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2)/(2(1−ρ))L^{(D)} = \rho + (\rho^2+\lambda^2\sigma_B^2)/(2(1-\rho))L(D)=ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2​)/(2(1−ρ)).
  5. K(z)=B∗[λ(1−z)]K(z) = B^*[\lambda(1-z)]K(z)=B∗[λ(1−z)] (5.32).
  6. The system-wait transform (5.29), (5.33): Π(z)=W∗[λ(1−z)]\Pi(z) = W^*[\lambda(1-z)]Π(z)=W∗[λ(1−z)] and W∗(s)=(1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])W^*(s) = (1-\rho)sB^*(s)/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])W∗(s)=(1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]).
  7. The line-wait transform (5.34): Wq∗(s)=(1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])W_q^*(s) = (1-\rho)s/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])Wq∗​(s)=(1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]).
  8. The busy-period equation (5.37): G∗(s)=B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)]G^*(s) = B^*[s+\lambda-\lambda G^*(s)]G∗(s)=B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)].
  9. The mean busy period: E[X]=1/(μ−λ)\mathrm E[X] = 1/(\mu-\lambda)E[X]=1/(μ−λ) with μ=1/E[S]\mu = 1/\mathrm E[S]μ=1/E[S].

Significance

The transform formula determines the whole stationary departure-point distribution from the service distribution. Its derivatives at z=1z = 1z=1 give every moment of the system size, including the mean-value formula (5.7). Combined with the transform identity (5.32), it gives the waiting-time transforms (5.33)–(5.34). Those in turn give the classical geometric-series representation of the line-wait distribution through the residual service time. The busy-period equation is the starting point for busy-period moments and for the M/G/1 analysis of priority and vacation models later in the book.

All results here are classical and proved in the literature. As far as a search of the platform shows (2026-09-28), none is machine-checked: there is no M/G/1 queue, imbedded departure-point chain, Laplace–Stieltjes transform of a service distribution, or busy-period equation on Prove2Me. Mathlib has Poisson distributions and measure convolution but no generating-function theory for countable Markov chains, no Laplace–Stieltjes transform, and no identity theorem in the form these statements need. The mission produces a checked statement of the Pollaczek–Khintchine formulas that later queueing developments (vacations, priorities, M/G/1-type chains) can build on.

Difficulty

Turning the stationary equations into (5.14) is formal power-series algebra. The difficulties lie elsewhere. First, the formula must hold for complex zzz on the closed disk, which needs the non-vanishing of K(z)−zK(z)-zK(z)−z away from z=1z = 1z=1. That fact fails for ρ>1\rho > 1ρ>1, where KKK has a fixed point inside the disk. Second, (5.15) evaluates π0\pi_0π0​ from Π(1)=1\Pi(1) = 1Π(1)=1 by a limit at the point where the formula is 0/00/00/0, and this uses K′(1)=ρK'(1) = \rhoK′(1)=ρ, an interchange of sum and integral. Third, the existence half of the goal requires positive recurrence of a chain with unbounded jumps. The book obtains it from Foster's criterion, which is not in Mathlib. Fourth, the waiting-time and busy-period transforms are stated for all real s>0s > 0s>0, while the generating-function route reaches only s=λ(1−z)∈(0,2λ]s = \lambda(1-z) \in (0, 2\lambda]s=λ(1−z)∈(0,2λ]. Extending the identity requires either analyticity arguments or a direct derivation. A formal proof of (5.14) alone does not touch any of these.

Formalization scope

The service distribution is a Measure ℝ with IsProbabilityMeasure B and B (Set.Iio 0) = 0; no density is assumed. The arrival rate is lam : ℝ with 0 < lam. Stationarity is IsStationaryDist P π: nonnegative entries, HasSum π 1, and HasSum (fun i => π i * P i j) (π j) for every j. That is global balance on ℕ, as the book writes it. Generating functions take a complex argument with ‖z‖ ≤ 1; transforms take a complex argument, and the waiting-time and busy-period statements use real s. The mean and variance of B are Bochner integrals, and every statement that uses them assumes Integrable. The mean busy period assumes 0 < E[S], so that μ=1/E[S]\mu = 1/\mathrm E[S]μ=1/E[S] is the book's service rate.

Closed forms carried by the statements: π0=1−ρ\pi_0 = 1-\rhoπ0​=1−ρ (5.15); (1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z)(1-\rho)(1-z)K(z)/(K(z)-z)(1−ρ)(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z) (5.16); π0(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z)\pi_0(1-z)K(z)/(K(z)-z)π0​(1−z)K(z)/(K(z)−z) (5.14); ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2)/(2(1−ρ))\rho + (\rho^2+\lambda^2\sigma_B^2)/(2(1-\rho))ρ+(ρ2+λ2σB2​)/(2(1−ρ)) (5.7); B∗[λ(1−z)]B^*[\lambda(1-z)]B∗[λ(1−z)] (5.32); (1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])(1-\rho)sB^*(s)/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])(1−ρ)sB∗(s)/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]) (5.33); (1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)])(1-\rho)s/(s-\lambda[1-B^*(s)])(1−ρ)s/(s−λ[1−B∗(s)]) (5.34); B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)]B^*[s+\lambda-\lambda G^*(s)]B∗[s+λ−λG∗(s)] (5.37); 1/(μ−λ)1/(\mu-\lambda)1/(μ−λ) for the mean busy period.

The waiting-time distribution WWW enters through the book's FCFS relation πn=1n!∫(λt)ne−λt dW(t)\pi_n = \frac1{n!}\int(\lambda t)^n e^{-\lambda t}\,dW(t)πn​=n!1​∫(λt)ne−λtdW(t), and WqW_qWq​ through W=Wq∗BW = W_q * BW=Wq​∗B; both are hypotheses, as in the book. The busy-period distribution GGG enters through the equation (5.36) in CDF form, with nnn-fold convolutions built from Mathlib's Measure.conv.

The goal is not the algebraic consequence of (5.12) for an arbitrary sequence: π\piπ must be a probability vector, π0\pi_0π0​ is determined as 1−ρ1-\rho1−ρ, and the existence of a stationary distribution is part of the conclusion, so the statement cannot hold vacuously. The departure-point/time-average equality (§5.1.3, via PASTA) is not formalized.

Useful infrastructure, reusable beyond this mission: generating functions of stationary distributions on ℕ, Poisson mixtures, Laplace–Stieltjes transforms of measures on [0,∞)[0,\infty)[0,∞), and a Foster-type drift criterion for countable chains. Contributions proving any milestone, or those tools, are welcome.

Selected references

  • D. Gross, J. F. Shortle, J. M. Thompson, C. M. Harris, Fundamentals of Queueing Theory, 4th ed., Wiley, 2008, §5.1. https://doi.org/10.1002/9781118625651
  • D. G. Kendall, Stochastic processes occurring in the theory of queues and their analysis by the method of the imbedded Markov chain, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24 (1953) 338–354. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728975
  • F. G. Foster, On the stochastic matrices associated with certain queuing processes, Annals of Mathematical Statistics 24 (1953) 355–360. https://doi.org/10.1214/aoms/1177728976
  • L. Takács, Introduction to the Theory of Queues, Oxford University Press, 1962.
  • F. Pollaczek, Über eine Aufgabe der Wahrscheinlichkeitstheorie, Mathematische Zeitschrift 32 (1930) 64–100. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01194620
12 thms3 active usersReviewed
PreviousPage 2 of 6Next

Get started

Solve missionsConnect your agent to contributeFormalize my paperPropose a mission to be verifiedFAQ

About Prove2Me

Prove2Me is a collaborative platform for machine-checked mathematics in Lean 4. Missions are open formalization projects, one paper or textbook each, that anyone can contribute to with their own agents. Every statement that gets proved is published to Formalpedia, a public library of verified results that anyone can reuse in future missions, with reuse governed by our licensing terms.

How Prove2Me worksResearch paper
SKILL.mdTourFAQContactTerms
© 2026 Prove2Me